Quarterlytics / Industrials / Consulting Services / ICF International, Inc. / FY2019 Annual Report

ICF International, Inc.
Annual Report 2019

ICFI · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ICFI
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Consulting Services
Employees 9000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · ICF International, Inc.
Loading PDF…
              2019 ANNUAL REPORT 

Message from Executive Chair Sudhakar Kesavan  

2019 was the 50th Anniversary of the founding of ICF, and we marked the occasion by special retrospectives on 
our website (still available, please find them at www.icf.com/50years) and special events within the company. At 
the same time, we executed a long-planned leadership transition as our President, John Wasson, assumed the title 
of Chief Executive Officer. John has been with ICF for over 30 years and has been a senior leader for over 20. 
We have worked together through both favorable and challenging market periods and have seen ICF’s annual 
average total shareholder return yield over 16% per annum from the time of our IPO through the end of 2019. 
Although national and world events will make 2020 one of the more challenging years, ICF is well positioned for 
strong growth in the years ahead. 

We will continue to serve clients in both the public and private sectors, bringing them our valuable expertise 
increasingly combined with technology and engagement solutions. Our more than 7,000 employees in offices 
throughout the US and around the world work every day to fulfill our purpose for being: 

“To build a more prosperous and resilient world for all” 

2019 Performance 

2019 was another year of solid growth for ICF.  

  Our revenue increased 11 percent to $1.48 billion as we continued to expand our presence in our key 

markets.  

  We were awarded contracts worth over $1.5 billion. 
 

ICF delivered $3.59 in diluted GAAP earnings per share, up 13 percent from 2018, and $4.15 in Non-
GAAP EPS, up 11 percent.  

We  remain  focused  on  delivering  value  for  our  clients,  opportunities  for  our  people,  and  returns  to  our 
shareholders in a world characterized by change and uncertainty. Our performance in 2019 continued to show the 
benefit of our strategy to diversify our revenue stream by serving clients in multiple markets.  

 

In our U.S. federal government businesses, we continued to support many of the nation’s most essential 
missions.  Although  we  were  affected  by  the  government  shutdown  which  lasted  for  25  days  at  the 
beginning of January 2019, ICF grew our Federal revenue and won several important recompetes. ICF 
helps government leaders across the world deliver value and transform how services are delivered to 
citizens. 

  Our disaster management business won new work to support additional communities in Texas and North 
Carolina  recover  from  natural  disasters  while  we  continued  to  deliver  on  this  challenging  yet  vital 
mission in Puerto Rico. 

  Our  commercial  energy  business  continued  its  growth  as  we  delivered  Demand  Side  Management 
programs to utility customers and assisted utilities in piloting new approaches to adapt to and accelerate 
the adoption of new energy technologies.  

  Our marketing and communications services, going to market under our new ICF Next brand, continued 
to help grow our clients’ revenues and were recognized once again as a Strong Performer in the Forrester 
WaveTM - Loyalty Technology Platforms.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We announced the location of our new Global Headquarters in Reston, Virginia, planned for occupancy in late 
2022.  It  will  be  LEED  and  ENERGY  STAR  certified  and  will  combine  state  of  the  art  work  spaces,  transit 
adjacency, and lower operating costs. ICF continues to pursue real estate consolidation opportunities as markets 
and lease commitments allow. 

The market environment continues to be uncertain. The U.S. federal government shutdown was at the beginning 
of  the  year;  the  UK reduced the  level of  Brexit  uncertainty;  and  the race  for  the US  Presidential  election got 
underway in earnest. Of course, all of those developments pale in comparison to the global COVID-19 pandemic. 
As we write to you today ICF employees are busy serving clients while working from home, taking advantage of 
the processes and infrastructure we put in place for just such a need. While we cannot predict the impact this 
historic crisis will have on our clients, our communities, or on ICF, we remain committed to the health and safety 
of our employees and our communities. 

Work That Makes Us Proud 

ICF is proud of the work we do. While the breadth of this work prevents me from describing every aspect of it 
here, below I illustrate a few of the ways in which we make a difference for our clients and the world: 

  We are continuing to support Puerto Rico’s recovery from Hurricanes Irma and Maria through a new 
federally  funded  contract  to  assist  with  Community  Development  Block  Grant  (CDBG)  housing 
recovery programs in the territory. We are also supporting housing and infrastructure programs in Texas 
that are part of state and local government disaster recovery activities associated with Hurricane Harvey, 
as well as the state of North Carolina's CDBG-funded disaster recovery buyout program.  

  We are working with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) to develop and implement 
a comprehensive training and technical assistance program on opioids for CDC's "Overdose to Action" 
grantees. 

  We are proud to have been awarded the recompete of the contract to support the Department of Health 
and Human Services (HHS) Administration for Children and Families to provide training and technical 
assistance services for the Child Welfare Capacity Building Center for States. 

  We are supporting the U.S. Agency for International Development and the President's Malaria Initiative 
to strengthen country systems across sub-Saharan Africa to generate high quality health information used 
to support actions that address malaria.  

  We  continue  to  support  a  Fortune  100  health  insurer  help  consumers  get  the  coverage  they  need  by 
enrolling through the health insurance marketplace.  We supported enrollment of more than 2 million 
people for the 2020 plan year. 

  We  are  helping  several  utilities  leverage  their  infrastructure  to  deliver  new  “flexible  load  shape” 
programs that utilize new technologies (e.g. storage, smart thermostats, voice, electric vehicles) to create 
value while supporting key public policy objectives such as decarbonization. 

  We are proud to have helped the American Red Cross design a loyalty program to retain and build their 

network of donors who are so very critical to the health and wellbeing of our entire country. 

  We are helping a major UK bank with a comprehensive communications program to excite its customers 

and colleagues.  

Beyond these few examples we continue to provide assistance to our wide range of customers from governments 
and private sector companies around the world, and we are increasingly finding additional ways to support them 
with our broadening value proposition. 

Corporate Citizenship 

In 2019 ICF’s commitment to our communities remained strong and as in past years was directed to the causes 
important to our employees. ICF’s 2019 corporate giving totaled $433,000. Employees volunteered thousands of 
hours  and  donated  $165,000  to  a  variety  of  causes  and  philanthropic  initiatives.  Our  employees’  generosity 
inspires and sets an example for us all.   

 
 
 
 
Continuing our commitment to minimize our environmental footprint, we again purchased 100% net renewable 
electricity for U.S. operations via renewable energy certificates that are Green-e® certified. For the first time, in 
2019 ICF became a signatory of the UN Global Compact, committing us to upholding its basic principles for 
sustainability,  ethics,  and  good  governance.  We  continue  to  employ  many  sustainability  tactics,  such  as 
prioritizing leases in green buildings, providing online collaboration tools to reduce the need for business travel, 
and promoting the commuter transit benefit. As mentioned above, our new Reston, VA headquarters building will 
combine  LEED  and  ENERGY  STAR  certification  and  transit  adjacency.  Each  year  we  take  inventory  of  our 
carbon emissions, including those from facilities, business travel and employee commuting—the three sources of 
greatest  impact;  our  Proxy  Statement  includes  data  showing  our  progress  in  reducing  emissions  both  per-
employee and on an absolute basis. ICF is proud to have been again awarded a grade of A- by CDP (formerly the 
Carbon Disclosure Project).  

Our People 

I am proud to lead ICF and its more than 7000 employees as we navigate what for everyone will be a challenging 
and  eventful  year.  Our  first  half  century  ended  with  ICF  having  grown  to  become  a  firm  with  breath  and 
capabilities  our  founders  never  envisioned,  and  we  look  forward  to  discovering  how  our  combination  of 
established and emerging leaders work together to lead ICF though these challenges and into the next 50 years. 
As we grow and change, we will always be true to our values and the passion and commitment exemplified by 
our  workforce.  We  look  forward  to  the  future  and  to  contributing  even  more  to  a  resilient,  prosperous,  and 
sustainable future around the world. 

Wishing you all success in 2020, and safety and health above all! 

Sudhakar Kesavan 
Executive Chair 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                          
 
 
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

Form 10-K 

(Mark One)  
☒ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 

OR 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the Transition Period From             to 

Commission File Number: 001-33045  

ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

9300 Lee Highway 
Fairfax, VA 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

22-3661438 
(IRS Employer 
Identification Number) 

22031 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  
(703) 934-3000  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value 

Trading Symbols(s) 
ICFI 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No ☒  
Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section 13  or  Section 15(d)  of  the 

Act. Yes ☐  No ☒  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  ☒   No ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  ☒   No ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting 
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 

☐ 
☐ 
☐ 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

☒   Accelerated filer 
☐   Smaller reporting company 
  Emerging growth company 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Ex-change Act.   ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ☐   No ☒ 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the last 
business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $1,305 million based upon the closing 
price per share of $72.80, as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2019. Shares of the outstanding common stock 
held by each executive officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of 
affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. 

As of February 21, 2020, 18,852,951 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, were outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Part III incorporates information by reference from the Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders expected 

to be held in May 2020. 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I .............................................................................................................................................................................. 

ITEM 1. 

  Business ......................................................................................................................................................  

ITEM 1A. 

  Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................  

ITEM 1B. 

  Unresolved Staff Comments .......................................................................................................................  

ITEM 2. 

  Properties ....................................................................................................................................................  

ITEM 3. 

  Legal Proceedings .......................................................................................................................................  

ITEM 4. 

  Mine Safety Disclosures .............................................................................................................................  

3

3

15

27

27

27

27

PART II ............................................................................................................................................................................. 

28

ITEM 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities .................................................................................................................................................  

ITEM 6. 

  Selected Financial Data ..............................................................................................................................  

ITEM 7. 

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .....................  

ITEM 7A. 

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .....................................................................  

ITEM 8. 

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...........................................................................................  

ITEM 9. 

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .....................  

ITEM 9A. 

  Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................................  

ITEM 9B. 

  Other Information .......................................................................................................................................  

PART III ............................................................................................................................................................................ 

ITEM 10. 

  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance .........................................................................  

ITEM 11. 

  Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................  

ITEM 12. 

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ...  

ITEM 13. 

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................  

ITEM 14. 

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services .....................................................................................................  

PART IV ........................................................................................................................................................................... 

ITEM 15. 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ..............................................................................................  

28

31

32

49

49

49

50

50

51

51

51

51

51

51

52

52

i 

  
  
    
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Some of the statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements as defined in the 
Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995,  as  amended.  These  statements  involve  known  and  unknown  risks, 
uncertainties,  and  other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  levels  of  activity,  performance,  or  achievements  to  be 
materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such 
forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” 
“believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or similar words. 
You should read statements that contain these words carefully. The risk factors described in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual 
Report  on  Form  10-K  captioned  “Risk  Factors,”  or  otherwise  described  in  our  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”), as well as any cautionary language in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, provide examples of risks, 
uncertainties,  and  events  that  may  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  expectations  we  describe  in  our 
forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Our dependence on contracts with United States (“U.S.”) federal, state and local, and international governments, 
agencies and departments for the majority of our revenue; 

Changes in federal government budgeting and spending priorities; 

Failure by Congress or other governmental bodies to approve budgets and debt ceiling increases in a timely 
fashion and related reductions in government spending; 

Failure  of  the  Administration  and  Congress  to  agree  on  spending  priorities,  which  may  result  in  temporary 
shutdowns of non-essential federal functions, including our work to support such functions; 

Results of routine and non-routine government audits and investigations; 

Dependence of our commercial work on certain sectors of the global economy that are highly cyclical; 

Failure to receive the full amount of our backlog; 

Difficulties in integrating acquisitions generally; 

Risks resulting from expanding our service offerings and client base; 

The lawsuit filed by the State of Louisiana seeking approximately $220.2 million in alleged overpayments from 
the Road Home contract; and 

Additional risks as a result of having international operations.  

Our forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the information 
available to our management at the time these disclosures were prepared. Although we believe the expectations reflected in 
these statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. You 
should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even if our situation changes in the 
future. 

The terms “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company,” as used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, refer to ICF 
International, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated. The term “federal” or “federal government” 
refers to the U.S. federal government, and “state and local” or “state and local government” refers to U.S. state (including 
U.S. territories) and local governments, unless otherwise indicated. 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

COMPANY OVERVIEW 

PART I  

We provide professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial clients, including 
management,  marketing,  technology,  and  policy  consulting  and  implementation  services.  We  help  our  clients  conceive, 
develop, implement, and improve solutions that address complex business, natural resource, social, technological, and public 
safety issues. Our services primarily support clients that operate in four key markets: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Energy, Environment, and Infrastructure; 

Health, Education, and Social Programs; 

Safety and Security; and 

Consumer and Financial. 

We provide services across these four markets that deliver value throughout the entire life cycle of a policy, program, 

project, or initiative. Our primary services include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Advisory  Services.  We  research  critical  policy,  industry,  and  stakeholder  issues,  trends,  and  behavior.  We 
measure and evaluate results and their impact and, based on those assessments, provide strategic planning and 
advice to our clients on how to navigate societal, market, business, communication, and technology challenges. 

Program Implementation Services. We identify, define, and implement policies, plans, programs, and business 
tools that make our clients’ organizations more effective and efficient. Our comprehensive, end-to-end solutions 
are implemented through a wide range of standard and customized methodologies designed to match our clients’ 
business context. 

Analytics Services. We conduct survey research and collect and analyze wide varieties and large volumes of 
data to understand critical issues and options for our clients and provide actionable business intelligence. We 
provide information and data management solutions that allow for integrated, purpose-driven data usage.  

Digital Services. We design, develop, and implement cutting-edge technology systems and business tools that 
are key to our clients’ mission or business performance, and include solutions to optimize the customer and 
citizen experience for our clients. We provide cybersecurity solutions that support the full range of cybersecurity 
missions and protect evolving IT infrastructures in the face of relentless threats, and we modernize IT systems 
core to our clients’ operations.   

Engagement  Services.  We  inform  and  engage  our  clients’  constituents,  customers,  and  employees  to  drive 
behavior  and  outcomes  through  public  relations,  branding  and  marketing,  multichannel  and  strategic 
communications, and reputation issues management. Our engagement services frequently rely on our digital 
design and implementation skills, such as web and app development. 

We perform work for both government and commercial clients. Our government clients include U.S. federal agencies, 
state  and  local  governments,  as  well  as  governments  outside  the  U.S.  Our  commercial  clients  include  both  U.S.  and 
international clients. Our clients utilize our services because we offer a combination of deep subject matter expertise, technical 
solutions, and institutional experience which ensures that our solutions are beneficial. We believe that our domain expertise 
and the program knowledge developed from our advisory engagements further position us to provide our full suite of services. 

We report operating results and financial data in one operating and reportable segment. We generated revenue of 
$1,478.5  million,  $1,338.0  million,  and  $1,229.2  million  in  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  respectively.  Our  total  backlog  was 
approximately  $2,402.7  million,  $2,377.7  million,  and $1,950.4  million  as  of  December 31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017, 
respectively.  

As of December 31, 2019, we had more than 7,000 full and part-time employees around the globe, including many 
recognized as thought leaders in their respective fields. We serve clients globally from our headquarters in the Washington, 
D.C. metropolitan area, our more than 75 regional offices throughout the U.S., and more than 15 offices outside the U.S., 
including offices in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Belgium, China, India and Canada. 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
OUR COMPANY INFORMATION 

ICF International, Inc. began as a Delaware limited liability company formed in 1999 under the name ICF Consulting 
Group Holdings, LLC. It was formed to purchase our principal operating subsidiary, which was founded in 1969, from a 
larger services organization. A number of our current senior managers participated in this transaction, along with private 
equity investors. We converted to a Delaware corporation in 2003 and changed our name to ICF International, Inc. in 2006. 
We completed our initial public offering in September 2006.  

Our principal executive office is located at 9300 Lee Highway, Fairfax, Virginia 22031, and our telephone number 
is (703) 934-3000. We maintain an internet website at www.icf.com. We make available our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, 
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant 
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and other information 
related to us, free of charge, on this site as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file those documents with, 
or otherwise furnish them to, the SEC. Our internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are 
not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The SEC also maintains an internet website that 
contains reports, proxy, and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the 
SEC at http://www.sec.gov. 

MARKET OPPORTUNITY, SERVICES, AND SOLUTIONS 

Complex, long-term market factors, which include geopolitical, environmental and demographic trends, are changing 
the way people live and the way government and industry operate and interact. Some of these factors have significant impacts 
on the markets in which our clients operate.  

In  addition  to  these  market-based  factors,  developments  across  all  of  our  markets  are  increasing  the  demand  for 
advisory  services  that  drive  our  business.  These  trends  include  increased  government  focus  on  efficiency  and  mission 
performance management; generational changes; the emphasis on transparency and accountability; and an increased demand 
for  combining  domain  knowledge  of  client  mission  and  programs  with  innovative  technology-enabled  solutions.  We  see 
growth opportunities for technology-based solutions involving digital services and strategic communications across all of our 
markets. 

We  believe  that  demand  for  our  services  will  continue  as  government,  industry,  and  other  stakeholders  seek  to 
understand and respond to these and other factors. We expect that our government clients will continue to utilize professional 
services  firms  with  relevant  domain  expertise  to  assist  with  designing  new  programs,  enhancing  existing  ones,  offering 
transformational solutions, and deploying innovative information and communications technology. In addition, commercial 
organizations affected by these programs will need to understand such changes, as well as their implications, in order for 
them to plan appropriately. More broadly, we believe our commercial clients will demand innovative services and solutions 
that can help them connect with customers and stakeholders in an increasingly connected and crowded marketplace. We also 
see opportunity to further leverage our digital and client engagement capabilities across our commercial and government 
client base.  We believe that our institutional knowledge and subject matter expertise are a distinct competitive advantage in 
providing  our  clients  with  practical,  innovative  solutions,  which  are  directly  applicable  to  their  mission  or  business,  and 
deploying them quickly with the right resources. Moreover, we believe we will be able to leverage the domain expertise and 
program  knowledge  we  have  developed  through  advisory  assignments  and  our  experience  with  program  management, 
technology-based solutions, and engagement projects to win larger engagements, which generally lead to increasing returns 
on business development investment and promote higher employee utilization.  Rapid changes in technology, including the 
omnipresent influence of mobile, social, and cloud technologies, also demand new ways of communicating, evaluating and 
implementing programs, and we are focused on leveraging our expertise in technology to capitalize on those changes. 

Our future results will depend on the success of our strategy to capitalize on our competitive strengths, including our 
success in maintaining our long-standing client relationships, to seek larger engagements across the program life cycle and 
to  complete  and  successfully  integrate  strategic  acquisitions.  We  will  continue  to  focus  on  building  scale  in  vertical  and 
horizontal  domain  expertise;  developing  business  with  both  our  government  and  commercial  clients;  and  replicating  our 
business model geographically in selected regions of the world. In doing so, we will continue to evaluate strategic acquisition 
opportunities  that  enhance  our  subject  matter  knowledge,  broaden  our  service  offerings,  and/or  provide  scale  in  specific 
geographies. 

4 

 
 
While we continue to see favorable long-term market opportunities, there are certain near-term challenges facing all 
government service providers. Administrative and legislative actions by governments to address changing priorities could 
have a negative impact on our business, which may result in a reduction to our revenue and profit and adversely affect cash 
flow. However, we believe we are well positioned to provide a broad range of services in support of initiatives that will 
continue to be priorities to the federal government as well as to state and local and international governments and commercial 
clients.  

Our portfolio includes a sizable amount of federal client work and we take active measures to minimize the impact 
of any federal government shutdown on our performance and our people. Past government shutdowns have not had a material 
impact on our performance, and federal government funding overall is relatively secure for the remainder of 2020. However, 
a federal government shutdown of any length is highly unpredictable for our impacted employees, for our clients, and for us 
as a company and, in the event of any future shutdowns, we cannot predict the impact on us or our operations. 

Energy, Environment, and Infrastructure 

For decades, we have advised on energy and environmental issues, including the impact of human activity on natural 
resources,  and  have  helped  develop  solutions  for  infrastructure-related  challenges.  In  addition  to  addressing  government 
policy  and  regulation  in  these  areas,  our  work  focuses  on  industries  that  are  affected  by  these  policies  and  regulations, 
particularly those industries most heavily involved in the use and delivery of energy. Significant factors affecting suppliers, 
users, and regulators of energy are driving private and public sector demand for professional services firms, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Changing power markets, increasingly diverse sources of supply including distributed energy resources and an 
increased demand for alternative sources of energy and/or energy storage; 

The changing role of the U.S. in the world’s energy markets; 

Ongoing  efforts  to  upgrade  energy  infrastructure  to  meet  new  power,  transmission,  environmental,  and 
cybersecurity requirements and to enable more distributed forms of generation;  

Changing public policy and regulations surrounding the modernization of and investment in an upgraded energy 
infrastructure, including new business models that may accompany those changes; and 

The need  to  manage  energy demand  and  increase  efficient  energy use  in  an  era of  environmental  concerns, 
especially regarding carbon and other emissions. 

We assist energy enterprises worldwide in their efforts to analyze, develop, and implement strategies related to their 
business  operations  and  the  interrelationships  of  those  operations  with  the  environment  and  applicable  government 
regulations. We utilize our policy expertise, deep industry knowledge, and proprietary modeling tools to advise government 
and commercial clients on key topics related to electric power, traditional fuels, and renewable sources of energy. Our areas 
of expertise include power market analysis and modeling, transmissions analysis, electric system reliability standards, energy 
asset  valuation  and  due  diligence,  regulatory  and  litigation  support,  fuels  market  analysis,  air  regulatory  strategy,  and 
renewable energy and green power.  

We  also  assist  commercial  and  government  clients  in  designing,  implementing,  and  evaluating  demand  side 
management programs, both for residential and for commercial and industrial sectors. Utility companies must balance the 
changing demand for energy with a price-sensitive, environmentally conscious consumer base. We help utilities meet these 
needs,  guiding  them  through  the  entire  life  cycle  of  energy  efficiency  and  related  demand  side  management  programs, 
including policy and planning, determining technical requirements, and program implementation and improvement. 

Carbon emissions have been an important focus of federal government regulation, international governments, many 
state  and  local  governments,  and  multinational  corporations  around  the  world.  Reducing  or  offsetting  greenhouse  gas 
(“GHG”) emissions continues to be the subject of both public and private sector interest, and the regulatory landscape in this 
area is still evolving. The need to address carbon and other harmful emissions has significantly changed the way the world’s 
governments and industries interact and continues to be one of the drivers of interest in energy efficiency. Moreover, how 
government and business adapt to the effects of climate change continues to be of global importance. We support governments 
at  the  federal  and  state  and  local  level,  including  providing  comprehensive  support  to  NASA’s  Global  Change  Research 
Program. Additionally, we support ministries and agencies of the government of the U.K. and European Commission, as well 
as commercial clients, on these and related issues.  

5 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
We  also  have  decades  of  experience  in  designing,  evaluating,  and  implementing  environmental  policies  and 
environmental compliance programs for transportation (including aviation) and other infrastructure projects. A number of 
key issues are driving increased demand for the services we provide in these areas, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Increased focus on the proper stewardship of natural resources;  

Changing precipitation patterns and drought is affecting water infrastructure and availability; 

Aging water, energy, and transportation infrastructure, particularly in the U.S.; 

The increasing exposure of infrastructure to damage and interference by severe weather events influenced by a 
changing climate, and therefore the need to become more resilient to those effects; 

Under-investment historically in transportation infrastructure; and 

Changing patterns of economic development that require transportation systems and energy infrastructure to 
adapt to new patterns of demand. 

By  leveraging  our  interdisciplinary  skills,  which  range  from  finance  and  economics  to  earth  and  life  sciences, 
information technology, and program management, we are able to provide a wide range of services that include complex 
environmental  impact  assessments,  environmental  management  information  systems,  air  quality  assessments,  program 
evaluation,  transportation  and  aviation  planning  and  operational  improvement,  strategic  communications,  and  regulatory 
reinvention. We help clients deal specifically with the interrelated environmental, business, and social implications of issues 
surrounding  all  transportation  modes  and  infrastructure.  From  the  environmental  management  of  complex  infrastructure 
engagements  to  strategic  and  operational  concerns  of  airlines  and  airports,  our  solutions  draw  upon  our  expertise  and 
institutional knowledge in transportation, urban and land use planning, industry management practices, financial analysis, 
environmental sciences, and economics. 

Health, Education, and Social Programs 

We also apply our expertise across our full suite of services in the areas of health, education, and social programs. 
We believe that a confluence of factors will drive an increased need for public and private focus on these areas, including, 
among others: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Expanded healthcare services to underserved portions of the population; 

Rising healthcare expenditures, which require the evaluation of the effectiveness and efficiency of current and 
new programs; 

Rampant substance abuse and widespread social and health impacts of the opioid abuse epidemic; 

Growing awareness of the threats from the global spread of disease; 

The emphasis on improving the effectiveness of the U.S. and other countries’ educational systems; 

The need for greater transparency and accountability of public sector programs; 

A continued high need for social support systems, in part due to an aging population; 

The need to recover from natural disasters such as hurricanes, wildfires, and earthquakes; 

The perceived declining performance of the U.S. educational system compared to other countries; 

A changing regulatory environment; and 

Military personnel returning home from active duty with health and social service needs.  

We believe we are well positioned to provide our services to help our clients develop and manage effective programs 
in the areas of health, education, and social programs at the international, regional, national, and local levels. Our subject 
matter  expertise  includes  public  health,  mental  health,  international  health  and  development,  health  communications  and 
associated  interactive  technologies,  education,  child  and  family  welfare  needs,  housing  and  communities,  and  substance 
abuse. Our combination of domain knowledge and our experience in information technology-based applications provides us 
with  strong  capabilities  in  health  and  social  programs  informatics  and  analytics,  which  we  believe  will  be  of  increasing 
importance as the need to manage information grows. We partner with our clients in the government and commercial sectors 
to increase their knowledge base, support program development, enhance program operations, evaluate program results, and 
improve program effectiveness. 

6 

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
In  the  area  of  public  health,  we  support  many  agencies  and  programs  within  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health and 
Human  Services  (“HHS”)  (including  the  National  Institutes  of  Health  (“NIH”)  and  the  Centers  for  Disease  Control  and 
Prevention (“CDC”)) by conducting primary data collection and analyses, assisting in designing, delivering and evaluating 
programs,  managing  technical  assistance  centers,  providing  instructional  systems,  developing  information  technology 
applications, and managing information clearinghouse operations. Increasingly, we provide multichannel communications 
and messaging for public health programs using capabilities similar to to those used to provide marketing services to our 
commercial clients. We also provide training and technical assistance for early care and educational programs (such as Head 
Start), and health and demographic surveys in developing countries for the U.S. Department of State (“DOS”). In the area of 
social programs, we provide extensive training, technical assistance, and program analysis and support services for a number 
of the housing and disaster recovery programs of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and 
state,  territorial,  and  local  governments.  In  addition,  we  provide  research,  program  design,  evaluation,  and  training  for 
educational initiatives at the federal and state level. We provide similar services to a variety of U.K. ministries, as well as 
several Directorates-General of the European Commission. 

Safety and Security 

Safety and security programs continue to be a critical priority of the federal government, state and local governments, 
international governments (especially in Europe), and in the commercial sector. We believe we are positioned to meet the 
following key safety concerns: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Vulnerability of critical infrastructure to cyber and terrorist threats;   

Increasing risks to enterprises’ reputations in the wake of a cyber attack; 

Broadened homeland security concerns that include areas such as health, food, energy, water, and transportation; 

Reassessment of the emergency management functions of homeland security in the face of natural disasters; 

Safety issues around crime and at-risk behavior; 

Increased dependence on private sector personnel and organizations in emergency response; and 

The need to ensure that critical functions and sectors are resilient and able to recover quickly after attacks or 
disasters in either the physical or cyber realms. 

These  security  concerns  create  demand  for  government  programs  that  can  identify,  prevent,  and  mitigate  key 

cybersecurity and the societal issues they cause. 

We believe that demand for our services will continue to grow as government, industry, and other stakeholders seek 
to address critical long-term societal and natural resource issues due to heightened concerns about: clean energy and energy 
efficiency; health promotion, treatment, and cost control; natural disaster relief and rebuild efforts; and ongoing homeland 
security  threats.  In  the  wake  of  the  major  hurricanes  (Harvey,  Irma,  Maria  and  Michael)  that  devastated  communities  in 
Texas, Florida, North Carolina, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico, the affected areas remain in various stages of relief 
and recovery efforts.  We believe our prior experience with disaster relief and rebuild efforts, including those from Hurricanes 
Katrina  and  Rita  and Superstorm  Sandy,  puts  us  in  a  favorable position to  provide  recovery  and housing  assistance,  and 
environmental and infrastructure solutions to include disaster mitigation on behalf of federal departments and agencies, state, 
territorial and local jurisdictions, and regional agencies.  

In  addition,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Defense  (“DoD”)  is  undergoing  major  transformations  in  its  approach  to 
strategies, processes, organizational structures, and business practices due to several complex, long-term factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The changing nature of global security threats, including cybersecurity threats; 

Family issues associated with globally-deployed armed forces; 

The increasing use of commercial cloud computing infrastructure and services to support the DoD enterprise; 
and  

The increasing need for real-time information sharing and logistics modernization and network-centric planning 
requirements, and the global nature of conflict arenas. 

7 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
We provide key services to DoD, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (“DHS”), the U.S. Department of Justice 
(“DOJ”), and analogous Directorates-General at the European Commission. We support DoD by providing high-end strategic 
planning, analysis, and technology-based solutions in the areas of logistics management, operational support, command and 
control,  and  cybersecurity.  We  also  provide  the  defense  sector  with  critical  infrastructure  protection,  environmental 
management, human capital assessment, military community research, and technology-enabled solutions. At DHS, we assist 
in shaping and managing critical programs to ensure the safety of communities, developing critical infrastructure protection 
plans and processes, establishing goals and capabilities for national preparedness at all levels of government in the U.S., and 
managing  the  national  program  to  test  radiological  emergency  preparedness  at  the  state  and  local  government  levels  in 
communities adjacent to nuclear power facilities. At DOJ, we provide technical and communications assistance to programs 
that help victims of crime and at-risk youths. At the European Commission, we provide support and analytical services related 
to justice and home affairs issues within the European context. 

Consumer and Financial Markets 

In the area of consumer and financial markets, some of the long-term market factors that we believe will have an 

impact on our clients include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Increased use of interactive digital technologies to link organizations with consumers and other stakeholders in 
more varied and personalized ways, and less reliance on traditional print and television marketing; 

Changing industry structures in marketing and advertising services;  

The desire for greater return on marketing investment; and  

The  continued  elevation  of  data  analytics  as  a  business  management  and  marketing  tool,  as  well  as  the 
concomitant growth of concerns about, and regulation of, data capture and exploitation for marketing and other 
private and public sector purposes. 

We combine our expertise in strategic communications, marketing and creative services and public relations with our 
strengths  in  interactive  and  mobile  technologies  to  help  companies  develop  stronger  relationships  and  engage  with  their 
customers and stakeholders across all channels, whether via traditional or digital media, to drive better operating results. We 
continue to strengthen our services in the fields of content and customer relationship management, loyalty marketing, and 
end-to-end e-commerce.   In an effort to enhance our positioning and build awareness outside of our traditional client set, we 
have  combined  capabilities  from  strategic  acquisitions  to  create  a  full-service,  technology-rooted  advertising  agency  that 
guides brands digitally through informed strategy, inspired creative design, and technical know-how. We have the capability 
to complete projects big or small across all channels (including web, social, mobile, intranet and emerging platforms) through 
end-to-end technology-based implementations for local and global clients. Target customer areas include airlines, airports, 
electric and gas utilities, oil companies, banks and other financial services companies, transportation, travel and hospitality 
firms, non-profits/associations, law firms, manufacturing firms, retail chains, and distribution companies.  

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS 

We possess the following key business strengths: 

We have a highly educated professional staff with deep subject matter knowledge 

We possess strong intellectual capital that provides us with a deep understanding of policies, processes, and programs 
across our clients’ markets. Our thought leadership is based on years of training, experience, and education. We are able to 
apply our in-depth knowledge of our subject matter experts and our experience developed over 40 years of providing advisory 
services  to  address  the  problems  and  issues  our  clients  are  facing.  As  of  December 31,  2019,  approximately  38%  of  our 
benefits-eligible  staff held post-graduate  degrees  in  diverse  fields  such  as  the  social  sciences, business  and  management, 
physical sciences, public policy, human capital, information technology, mathematics, engineering, planning, economics, life 
sciences, and law. These qualifications, and the complementary nature of our markets, enable us to deploy multi-disciplinary 
teams to identify, develop, and implement solutions that are creative, pragmatic, and tailored to our clients’ specific needs. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe our diverse range of client markets, services, and projects provides a stimulating work environment for 
our  employees  that  enhances  their  professional  development.  The  use  of  multi-disciplinary  teams  provides  our  staff  the 
opportunity to develop and refine common skills required in many types of engagements. Our approach to managing people 
fosters collaboration and significant cross-utilization of the skills and experience of both industry experts and other personnel 
who can develop creative solutions by drawing on their different experiences. The types of services we provide, and the 
manner  in  which  we  do  so,  enable  us  to  attract  and  retain  talented  professionals  from  a  variety  of  backgrounds  while 
maintaining a culture that fosters teamwork and excellence. 

We have strong, long-standing relationships with clients across a diverse set of markets 

The long-term relationships we maintain with many of our clients reflect our successful track record of fulfilling our 
clients’ needs. We have advised both the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and HHS for more than 30 years, 
the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) for more than 25 years, DoD for more than 20 years, certain commercial clients in 
our  energy  markets  for  more  than  20  years,  the  European  Commission  for  more  than  15  years,  and  we  have  multi-year 
relationships with many of our other clients in both our government and commercial client base. We have numerous contacts 
at  various  levels  within  our  clients’  organizations,  ranging  from  key  decision-makers  to  functional  managers.  The  long-
standing nature and breadth of our client relationships adds greatly to our institutional knowledge, which, in turn, helps us 
carry out our client engagements more effectively and maintain and expand such relationships. Our extensive experience and 
client contacts, together with our prime-contractor position on a substantial majority of our contracts, and experience working 
alongside our clients, gives us clearer visibility into future opportunities and emerging requirements. We believe our balance 
between  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies,  our  commercial  presence,  and  the  diversity  of  markets  in  which  our 
clients  operate  help  mitigate  the  impact  of  policy  or  political  shifts,  as  well  as  annual  shifts  in  our  clients’  budgets  and 
priorities. 

Our advisory services position us to capture a full range of engagements 

We believe our advisory approach, which is based on our subject matter expertise combined with an understanding 
of our clients’ requirements and objectives, is a significant competitive differentiator that helps us gain access to key client 
decision-makers during the initial phases of a policy, program, project, or initiative. We use our expertise and understanding 
to formulate customized recommendations for our clients. We believe this domain expertise and the program knowledge, 
developed from our advisory engagements, further position us to provide a full suite of services across the entire life cycle of 
a  particular  policy,  program,  project,  or  initiative.  As  a  result,  we  are  able  to  understand  our  clients’  requirements  and 
objectives as they evolve over time. We then use this knowledge to provide continuous improvement across our entire range 
of services, which maintains the relevance of our recommendations.  

Our technology-enabled solutions are driven by our subject matter expertise and creativity 

Government  and  commercial  decision-makers  have  become  increasingly  aware  that,  to  be  effective,  technology-
based solutions need to be seamlessly integrated with people and processes. We possess strong knowledge in information 
technology and a thorough understanding of organizational behavior and human decision processes. In addition, as a result 
of our acquisition of Incentive Technology Group, LLC (“ITG”) in January 2020, we have strong partnerships and experience 
in cloud-based technology platforms that are central to our federal government clients’ technology modernization agendas. 
This combination of skills, along with our domain knowledge, allows us to deliver technology-enabled solutions tailored to 
our clients’ business and organizational needs with less start-up time required to understand client issues. In addition, many 
of our clients seek to deploy cutting-edge solutions to communicate and transact with citizens, stakeholders, and customers 
in  a  multichannel  environment,  and  doing  so  takes  both  our  constantly  refreshed  technical  know-how  and  world-class 
creativity. 

Our proprietary tools, analytics and methods allow us to deliver superior solutions to our clients 

We believe our innovative, and often proprietary, analytics and methods are key competitive differentiators because 
they enhance our ability to deliver customized solutions to our clients and enable us to deliver services in a more cost-effective 
manner than our competitors. For example, we have developed industry-standard energy and environmental models that are 
used by governments and commercial entities around the world for energy planning and air quality analyses and have also 
developed a suite of proprietary climate change tools to help the private sector develop strategies for complying with GHG 
emission  reduction  requirements.  Our  loyalty  marketing  services  are  often  provided  via  our  proprietary  Tally  software, 
software as a service. We maintain proprietary databases that we continually refine and that are available to be incorporated 
quickly into our analyses on client engagements. In addition, we also have proprietary program management methodologies 
and services that we believe can help clients improve performance measurement, support chief information officer and science 
and engineering program activities, and reduce security risks. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are led by an experienced management team 

Our management team, consisting of approximately 270 officers with the title of vice president or higher, possesses 
extensive industry experience and had an average tenure of 13.7 years with us as of December 31, 2019 (including prior 
service with companies we have acquired). This low turnover allows us to retain institutional knowledge. Our managers are 
experienced both in marketing efforts and in successfully managing and executing our key services. Our management team 
also has experience in acquiring other businesses and integrating those operations with our own. A number of our managers 
are  industry-recognized  thought  leaders.  We  believe  that  our  management’s  successful  past  performance  and  deep 
understanding of our clients’ needs have been and will continue to be differentiating factors in competitive situations. 

We have a broad global presence 

We serve our clients with a global network of more than 75 regional offices throughout the U.S., and more than 15 
offices in key markets outside the U.S., including offices in the U.K., Belgium, China, India and Canada. Our global presence 
also gives us access to many of the leading experts on a variety of issues from around the world, allowing us to expand our 
knowledge base and areas of functional expertise. Over the past year, we worked in dozens of countries, helping government 
and commercial clients with energy, environment, infrastructure, healthcare, marketing, interactive technology/e-commerce, 
and air transport matters. 

STRATEGY 

Our strategy to increase our revenue and shareholder value involves the following key elements: 

Expand our commercial businesses 

We  plan  to  continue  to  pursue  profitable  commercial  projects  and  we  believe  we  have  strong,  global  client 
relationships in both the commercial energy and air transport markets. We continue to see growth opportunities in our current 
commercial business in the utility sector, as well as significant potential for us to expand our business in other commercial 
areas,  such  as  aviation  and  digital  marketing  services  and  strategic  communications  services,  both  domestically  and 
internationally.  

We  view  the  energy  industry  as  a  particularly  attractive  sector  for  us  over  the  next  decade  due  to  concerns  over 
controlling energy costs and limiting climate and environmental impacts, increased state and federal regulation, the need for 
cleaner and more diverse sources of energy, and the concomitant need for infrastructure to transport, store, and/or convert 
those new energy sources. We also believe that the combination of our vertical domain expertise with our digital marketing 
expertise  makes  us  a  provider  of  choice  for  high  value-added  assignments  in  that  arena.  Although  we  believe  the  utility 
industry will continue to be a strong market for advisory services, particularly in light of the changing focus on regulatory 
actions and alternative energy sources, we intend to leverage our existing relationships and institutional expertise to pursue 
and  capture  additional,  typically  higher-margin  opportunities.  For  example,  we  believe  we  can  continue  to  expand  our 
program and technology-based services in areas such as assisting with the implementation of energy efficiency programs, 
information technology applications, and environmental management services for larger utilities. In addition, the growth of 
interest in sustainability and energy efficiency issues has created opportunities to offer these types of services to new clients 
beyond our traditional sectors. We believe these factors, coupled with our expansive national and global footprint, will result 
in a greater number of engagements that will also be larger in size and scope. 

We  expect  that  interest  in  energy  advisory  services  will  continue  to  expand  as  clients  in  a  number  of  industries, 
including information service providers and companies engaged in travel and tourism, seek to better understand their energy 
consumption options and the positive benefits of demonstrating environmental stewardship. Our broad range of services to 
the  aviation  industry  makes  us  well  positioned  to  capitalize  on  significant  industry  changes,  including  substantial  airline 
equipment upgrades to newer, more efficient aircraft models in a cost-constrained environment; renovations of older airports 
to  adapt  to  newer  aircraft;  and  changes  to  airport  business  models  and  strategy  as  they  place  increasing  importance  on 
passenger experience.   

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our engagement services, including marketing, interactive technology, and strategic communications offerings, are 
well-positioned  to  support  the  continuing  growth  of  multichannel  engagement  and  e-commerce.  We  have  broadened  our 
client offerings, particularly in the areas of content management, marketing and digital services. We can now offer complete 
end-to-end solutions for chief marketing officers, chief communications officers, and chief technology officers as they invest 
in digital marketing platforms and solutions. We deliver cutting-edge digital strategy support, as well as the creative services 
that  help  brands,  products  and  services  succeed  in  a  crowded  marketplace.  As  a  means  of  more  comprehensively 
communicating and delivering our engagement services to customers in both the private and public sectors, we created ICF 
Next, an umbrella under which all of our engagement capabilities can be integrated, communicated, and delivered to clients. 

Replicate our business model across government and industry in selected geographies 

We  believe  the  services  we  provide  to  our  energy,  environment,  and  infrastructure  market  have  strong  growth 
potential in selected geographies. Our domain expertise is well suited in Europe to meet the need for cutting-edge climate 
change,  energy  and  environmental  solutions,  particularly  with  our  offerings  to  the  U.K.  government  and  European 
Commission. We have also focused our geographic footprint, when prudent, by selectively closing or reducing the size of 
offices which appear to be unlikely to generate profitable growth in the near to medium term, generally in nations or regions 
undergoing either economic or political challenges. 

Strengthen our technology-based offerings 

We  continue  to  strengthen  our  services  in  the  fields  of  content  and  customer  relationship  management,  loyalty 
marketing, and end-to-end e-commerce. In early 2020 we acquired ITG, which materially increased our skills and market 
presence in IT modernization, including the use of popular cloud-based platforms to modernize legacy IT systems. We are 
positioned to increase these services by expanding the technological underpinnings of our business, while bringing these 
cloud, marketing and e-commerce solutions, as well as expanded data management and analytics offerings, to our clients to 
better link them with consumers and other stakeholders. 

Leverage advisory work into full life cycle solutions 

We  plan  to  continue  to  leverage  our  advisory  services  and  strong  client  relationships  to  increase  our  revenue  by 
winning longer term engagements. These engagements could include: information services and technology-based solutions; 
project  and  program  management;  business  process  solutions;  marketing  and  communications  delivery;  strategic 
communications; and technical assistance and training. Our advisory services provide us with insight and understanding of 
our clients’ missions and goals. We believe the domain expertise and program knowledge we develop from these advisory 
assignments position us to capture a greater portion of the resulting larger engagements. However, we will need to undertake 
such expansion carefully to avoid actual, potential, and perceived conflicts of interest.  

Defend, expand, and deepen our presence in core U.S. federal and state and local government markets 

Changing political priorities at the U.S. federal, state, and local government levels have created challenging market 
conditions for all competitors in the government services sector. We will focus not only on defending our current market 
footprint, but also on innovating to continue expanding across key growth markets, such as U.S. federal government health-
related and cybersecurity initiatives, digital services, and disaster recovery work for state and local governments. We will 
continue to provide innovative solutions that help our public sector clients do more with less. We will specifically target 
deeper penetration of those agencies that currently procure services only from one or two of our service areas and our recent 
acquisition  of  ITG,  which  provides  us  with  strong  skills  and  market  presence  in  technology  modernization,  will  provide 
additional capabilities in this effort. We believe we can leverage many of our long-term client relationships by introducing 
these existing clients, where appropriate, to our other services in order to better meet their needs. For example, we introduce 
many  of  our  advisory  clients  to  our  capabilities  to  provide  associated  information  technology,  cybersecurity,  large-scale 
program management, and strategic communications and digital services. We can also offer clients our extensive performance 
measurement, program evaluation, and performance management services. Finally, having more than 75 offices across the 
U.S allows us to focus more of our business development efforts on addressing the needs of U.S. federal and state and local 
government agencies with operations outside of the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursue larger prime contract opportunities 

We believe that continuing to expand our client engagements into services we offer as part of our end-to-end client 
solutions enables us to pursue larger prime contract opportunities, which should provide a greater return on our business 
development  efforts  and  allow  for  increased  employee  utilization.  We  plan  to  continue  to  target  larger  and  longer-term 
opportunities  through  greater  emphasis  on  early  identification  of  opportunities,  strategic  capture  and  positioning,  and 
enhanced brand recognition. We believe that the resulting increase in the scale, scope, and duration of our contracts will help 
us continue to grow our business. 

Pursue strategic acquisitions 

We plan to augment our organic growth with selective, strategic acquisitions when the target company will enable us 
to obtain new clients, increase our presence in attractive markets, and/or obtain capabilities that complement our existing 
portfolio of services, provided that the target company has a cultural compatibility and we expect that the acquisition will 
have a positive financial impact. The acquisition of ITG is an example of this approach, both in the capabilities it brings and 
in the alignment of its client footprint to ours. 

These elements of our strategy permeate all of the Company and influence day-to-day decisions. We believe that, 

collectively, they support the overall long-term growth of the organization. 

CLIENT AND CONTRACT MIX 

Government  clients  (including  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local,  as  well  as  international,  governments)  accounted  for 
approximately 65%, 64%, and 62% of our 2019, 2018, and 2017 revenue, respectively.  Commercial clients (including U.S. 
and international clients) accounted for approximately 35%, 36%, and 38% of our 2019, 2018, and 2017 revenue, respectively. 
Our clients span a broad range of civilian and defense agencies and commercial enterprises. Commercial clients include non-
profit organizations and universities, while government clients include the World Bank and the United Nations. In general, a 
client is considered to be a government client if its primary funding is from a government agency or institution. If we are a 
subcontractor, we classify the revenue based on the nature of the ultimate client receiving the services.  

In the fiscal years 2018 and 2017, revenue from our three largest clients were HHS, DOS, and the DoD, respectively. 
In 2019, revenue from our three largest clients grew year-over-year and were HHS, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and 
the DoD, respectively. The following table summarizes the percentage of our total revenue for each of these.  

2019 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Department of Health and Human Services ...........................      
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico ..............................................      
Department of Defense ...........................................................      
Department of State ................................................................      
Total .....................................................................................      

16 %     
8 %     
6 %     
—        
30 %     

17 %      
—   

5 %      
6 %      
28 %      

20 %
—   
5 %
6 %
31 %

Most of our revenue is derived from prime contracts in which we work directly for the end customer, which accounted 

for approximately 92%, 92%, and 91% of our revenue for 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.  

Our  contract  periods  typically  extend  from  one  month  to  five  years,  including  option  periods.  Many  of  our 
government contracts provide for option periods that may be exercised by the client. In 2019, 2018, and 2017, no single 
contract  accounted  for  more  than  9%  of  our  revenue.  Our  10  largest  contracts  by  revenue  collectively  accounted  for 
approximately 20%, 18%, and 15% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

International revenues increased by $21.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2018. The increase was a result of both organic growth and growth through acquisitions, due to increases in 
our international commercial client services, in the consumer and financial client market, in the energy, environment and 
infrastructure client market, and in the safety and security programs market, partially offset by the health, education, and 
social program client markets. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
CONTRACT BACKLOG 

We define total backlog as the future revenue we expect to receive from our contracts and other engagements. We 
generally include in our total backlog the estimated revenue represented by contract options that have been priced, but not 
exercised. We do not include any estimate of revenue relating to potential future delivery orders that might be awarded under 
our  U.S.  General  Services  Administration  Multiple  Award  Schedule  (“GSA  Schedule”)  contracts,  other  Indefinite 
Delivery/Indefinite Quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, Master Service Agreements (“MSAs”), or other contract vehicles that are 
also held by a large number of firms and under which potential future delivery orders or task orders might be issued by any 
of a large number of different agencies, and are likely to be subject to a competitive bidding process. We do, however, include 
potential future work expected to be awarded under IDIQ contracts that are available to be utilized by a limited number of 
potential clients and are held either by us alone or by a limited number of firms. 

We  include  expected  revenue  in  funded backlog when we have  been  authorized by  the  client  to proceed under  a 
contract up to the dollar amount specified by our client, and this amount will be owed to us under the contract after we provide 
the services pursuant to the authorization. If we do not provide services authorized by a client prior to the expiration of the 
authorization, we remove amounts corresponding to the expired authorization from funded backlog. We do include expected 
revenue under an engagement in funded backlog when we do not have a signed contract, but only in situations when we have 
received client authorization to begin or continue working and we expect to sign a contract for the engagement. In this case, 
the amount of funded backlog is limited to the amount authorized. Our funded backlog does not represent the full revenue 
potential of our contracts because many government clients, and sometimes other clients, authorize work under a particular 
contract on a yearly or more frequent basis, even though the contract may extend over several years. Most of the services we 
provide to commercial clients are provided under fully funded contracts and task orders under MSAs. As a consequence, our 
backlog attributable to these clients is typically reflected in funded backlog and not in unfunded backlog. 

We define unfunded backlog as the difference between total backlog and funded backlog. Our estimate of unfunded 
backlog for a particular contract is based, to a large extent, on the amount of revenue we have recently recognized on the 
particular  contract  under  the  assumption  that  future  utilization  will  be  similar,  our  past  experience  in  utilizing  contract 
capacity on similar types of contracts, and our professional judgment. Accordingly, if contract utilization is different from 
our expectations, the revenue eventually earned on a contract may be lower or higher than that implied by our estimate, at a 
point in time or during the life of a contract, of total backlog, including unfunded backlog. Although we expect our total 
backlog to result in revenue, the timing of revenue associated with both funded and unfunded backlog will vary based on a 
number of factors, and we may not recognize revenue associated with a particular component of backlog when anticipated, 
or  at  all.  Our government  clients  generally have  the  right to  cancel  any contract,  or  ongoing or  planned  work under  any 
contract, at any time. In addition, there can be no assurance that revenue from funded or unfunded backlog will have similar 
profitability to previous work or will be profitable at all. Generally speaking, we believe the risk that a particular component 
of backlog will not result in future revenue is higher for unfunded backlog than for funded backlog.  

Our funded and estimates of unfunded and total backlog were as follows at December 31:  

Funded ......................................................................................    $ 
Unfunded ..................................................................................      
Total backlog .........................................................................    $ 

1,268.4     $ 
1,134.3       
2,402.7     $ 

1,140.1     $ 
1,237.6       
2,377.7     $ 

1,060.0   
890.4   
1,950.4   

There were no awards included in our 2019, 2018 or 2017 backlog amounts that were under protest.  

2019 

2018 
(in millions) 

2017 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT 

Our business development efforts are critical to our organic growth. Our business development processes and systems 
are designed to enable agility and speed-to-market over the business development life cycle, especially given the distinctions 
between commercial and government clients. Business development efforts in priority market areas, which include some of 
our largest federal agency accounts (HHS, DOS, DOE, U.S. Department of Transportation and EPA), are executed through 
account teams, each of which is headed by a corporate account executive and supported by dedicated corporate business 
development  professionals  and  senior  staff  from  the  relevant  operational  area.  Each  account  executive  has  significant 
authority and accountability to set priorities, focusing on larger and strategically important pursuits, and utilize appropriate 
resources to win new work. Each team participates in regular executive reviews of marketing plans and proposal development 
process. Our non-federal government clients are served by account leaders from operating units and coordinated by senior 
executives with industry experience where such coordination is deemed appropriate to enhance our business development 

13 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
success.  This  account-based  approach  allows  deep  insight  into  the  needs  of  current  and  future  clients.  It  also  helps  us 
anticipate  our  clients’  evolving  requirements  over  the  coming  12  to  18  months  and  position  ourselves  to  meet  those 
requirements.  Each  administrative  group  is  responsible  for  maximizing  sales  in  our  existing  accounts  and  finding 
opportunities in closely related accounts.  

The corporate business development function also includes a market research and competitive intelligence group, a 
proposal group, a marketing group, a communications group, and a strategic capture unit. The marketing group engages in 
brand marketing and strategic marketing program development and execution to raise awareness of our services and solutions 
across our markets, and to generate leads for further pursuit by sales personnel. Our contracts and administration function 
supports bid price development in partnership with the business development account teams. 

COMPETITION 

We operate in a highly competitive and fragmented marketplace and compete against a number of firms in each of 
our clients’ key markets. Some of our principal competitors include: Abt Associates Inc.; AECOM Technology Corporation; 
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation; CACI International Inc.; Cambridge Systematics, Inc.; CRA International, Inc.; 
Deloitte  LLP;  Eastern  Research  Group,  Inc.;  Cardno  ENTRIX,  Inc.;  Guidehouse;  L-3  Harris  Technologies,  Inc.;  Leidos 
Holdings,  Inc.;  Lockheed  Martin  Corporation;  ManTech  International  Corporation;  Northrop  Grumman  Corporation; 
Omnicom  Group  Inc.;  PA  Consulting  Group;  PricewaterhouseCoopers  (PwC);  Publicis  Group;  Science  Applications 
International Corp; Research Triangle Institute; Tetra Tech Inc.; Westat, Inc., and WPP Plc. In addition, we have numerous 
smaller competitors, many of which have narrower service offerings and serve niche markets. Some of our competitors are 
significantly larger than we are and have greater access to resources and stronger brand recognition than we do. 

We consider our principal competitive discriminators to be long-standing client relationships, good reputation and 
past performance of the firm, client references, technical knowledge and industry expertise of employees, quality of services 
and solutions, scope and scale of our service offerings, and pricing. 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

We own a number of trademarks and copyrights that help maintain our business and competitive position. Sales and 
licenses of our intellectual property do not currently comprise a substantial portion of our revenue or profit. We rely on the 
technology and models, proprietary processes, and other intellectual property we own or have rights to use in our analyses 
and other work we perform for our clients. We use these innovative, and often proprietary, software, analytical models and 
tools throughout our service offerings. Our staff regularly maintains, updates, and improves these software, models, and tools 
based on our corporate experience. In addition, we sometimes retain limited rights in software applications we develop for 
clients. We use a variety of means to protect our intellectual property. 

EMPLOYEES 

As of December 31, 2019, of the more than 7,000 employees, we had more than 6,250 benefits-eligible (full-time or 
benefits eligible) employees, approximately 38% of whom held post-graduate degrees in diverse fields such as social sciences, 
business  and  management,  physical  sciences,  public  policy,  human  capital,  information  technology,  mathematics, 
engineering, planning, economics, life sciences, and law. Approximately 77% of our employees held a bachelor’s degree or 
equivalent  or  higher.  Our  professional  environment  encourages  advanced  training  to  acquire  industry-recognized 
certifications, rewards strong job performance with advancement opportunities, and fosters ethical and honest conduct. Our 
salary structure, incentive compensation, and benefit packages are competitive within our industry. 

14 

 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

The following discussion of “risk factors” sets forth some of the most significant factors that may adversely affect 
our  business,  operations,  financial  position  or  future  financial  performance,  reputation  and/or  value  of  our  stock.  This 
information  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  and  the  consolidated  financial 
statements and related notes contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because of the following factors, as well as other 
factors, whether known or unknown, affecting our business, operations, financial position or future financial performance, 
reputation and/or value of our stock, past financial performance should not be considered to be a reliable indicator of future 
performance, and investors should not use historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods. 

GOVERNMENT BUDGETING AND SPENDING PRIORITIES RISKS 

The failure of Congress to approve appropriations bills in a timely manner for the federal government agencies and 
departments we support, or the failure of the Administration and Congress to reach an agreement on fiscal issues, 
could delay and reduce spending, cause us to lose revenue and profit, and affect our cash flow. 

On an annual basis, Congress is required to approve appropriations bills that govern spending by each of the federal 
government agencies and departments we support. When Congress is, or Congress and the Administration are, unable to 
agree on budget priorities, and thus unable to pass annual appropriations bills on a timely basis, Congress typically enacts a 
continuing  resolution.  Continuing  resolutions generally  allow  federal  government  agencies  and departments  to operate  at 
spending  levels  based  on  the  previous  fiscal  year.  When  agencies  and  departments  operate  on  the  basis  of  a  continuing 
resolution, funding we expect to receive from clients for work we are already performing and for new initiatives may be 
delayed or cancelled. Congress and the Administration have from time to time failed to agree on a continuing resolution, 
resulting in temporary shutdowns of non-essential federal government functions and our work on such functions. Thus, the 
failure by Congress and the Administration to enact appropriations bills in a timely manner can result in the loss of revenue 
and profit when federal government agencies and departments are required to cancel or change existing or new initiatives or 
the deferral of revenue and profit to later periods due to shutdowns or delays in implementing existing or new initiatives. 
There is also the possibility that Congress will fail to raise the U.S. debt ceiling when necessary. This can also result in federal 
government  shutdowns.  The  delayed  funding  or  shutdown  of  many  parts  of  the  federal  government,  including  agencies, 
departments, programs, and projects we support, could have a substantial negative affect on our revenue, profit, and cash 
flows.  

Congress did not complete action on appropriations before the September 30, 2019 end of the previous federal fiscal 
year.  However, during the summer of 2019 Congress and the Administration raised the federal debt ceiling and discretionary 
spending  caps,  thereby  avoiding  a  return  to  previous  sequester-level  caps.  Further,  continuing  resolutions  sufficient  to 
support federal operations were adopted by Congress in September and November.  In late December legislative packages 
that finalized necessary budget legislation were passed by Congress and signed by President Trump on December 20.   

Budget compromises that may be needed for future fiscal years may be more difficult than normal to achieve given 
factors  such  as  the  increasing  federal  deficit,  the  2020  presidential  election,  fallout  from  presidential  impeachment 
proceedings, and geo-political events arising out of the Middle East.  

The budgets of many of our state and local government clients are also subject to similar processes, and, as a result, 

subject us to similar risks and uncertainties as are inherent in the federal budget process.  

Government spending priorities may change in a manner adverse to our business. 

We derived approximately 38%, 41%, and 45% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, from contracts 
with federal government clients, and approximately 27%, 23%, and 17% of our revenue from contracts with state and local 
governments and international governments in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Expenditures by our federal government 
clients may be restricted or reduced by Administration or Congressional actions, by action of the Office of Management and 
Budget, by action of individual agencies or departments, or by other actions. In addition, many state and local governments 
are not permitted to operate with budget deficits, and nearly all state and local governments face considerable challenges in 
balancing  their  budgets.  Accordingly,  we  expect  that,  due  to  changing  government  budgeting  and  spending  priorities, 
including necessary balancing of defense spending with civilian agency spending, and related disputes among Congress and 
the Administration, some of our government clients in the future may delay payments due to us, may eventually fail to pay 
what they owe us, and/or may delay certain programs and projects. For some government clients, we may face a difficult 
choice: turn down (or stop) work due to budget uncertainty with the risk of damaging a valuable client relationship or perform 
work  with  the  risk  of  not  being  paid  in  a  timely  fashion  or  perhaps  at  all.  Federal,  state  and  local  government,  and  /or 
international government elections could also affect spending priorities and budgets at all levels of government. In addition, 

15 

increased deficits and debt at all levels of government, both domestic and international, may lead to reduced spending by 
agencies and departments on projects or programs we support. 

OPERATIONAL AND EXPANSION RISKS 

As  we  develop  new  services,  clients  and  practices,  enter  new  lines  of  business,  and  focus  more  of  our  business  on 
providing a full range of client solutions, our operating risks increase.    

As part of our corporate strategy, we are attempting to leverage our advisory services to sell our full suite of services 
across  the  life  cycle  of  a  policy,  program,  project,  or  initiative,  and  we  are  regularly  searching  for  ways  to  provide  new 
services  to  clients.  In  addition,  we  plan  to  extend  our  services  to  new  clients,  lines  of  business,  and  selected  geographic 
locations. As we focus more on our delivery of a full range of consulting services from advisory through implementation and 
attempt to develop new services, clients, practice areas and lines of business, these efforts could be unsuccessful and adversely 
affect our results of operations.  

Such growth efforts place substantial additional demands on our management and staff, as well as on our information, 
financial, cash flow and administrative and operational systems. We may not be able to manage these demands successfully. 
Growth may  require  increased recruiting  efforts, business  development, and  selling,  marketing  and other  actions  that  are 
expensive and increase risk. We may need to invest more in our people and systems, controls, compliance efforts, policies 
and procedures than we anticipate. Further, we may need to enhance or modify our systems or processes, or transition to more 
efficient or effective ones, and these changes and how we handle them may impact the business. Therefore, even if we do 
grow, the demands on our people and systems, controls, compliance efforts, policies and procedures may adversely affect the 
quality of our work, our operating margins, and our operating results, at least in the short-term, and perhaps in the long-term.   

Efforts involving a different focus, new services, new clients, new practice areas, and new lines of business include 
risks associated with our inexperience and competition from mature participants in those areas. Our expansion of services 
may  result  in  decisions  that  could  harm  our  profit  and  operating  results.  In  particular,  implementation  and  improvement 
services often relate to the development, implementation and improvement of critical infrastructure or operating systems that 
our clients may view as “mission critical,” and if we fail to satisfy the needs of our clients in providing these services, our 
clients could incur significant costs and losses for which they could seek compensation from us.  

Maintaining our  client  relationships and professional  reputation  are  critical  to our ability  to  successfully win  new 
contracts and renew expired contracts.  

Our client relationships and professional reputation are key factors in maintaining and growing our business, revenue 
and profit levels under contracts with our clients. We continually bid for and execute new contracts, and our existing contracts 
continually become subject to re-competition and expiration. If we are not able to replace the revenue from these contracts, 
either  through  follow-on  contracts  or  new  contracts  for  those  requirements  or  for  other  requirements,  our  revenue  and 
operating results may be adversely affected. On the expiration of a contract, we typically seek a new contract or subcontractor 
role relating to that client to replace the revenue generated by the expired contract. There can be no assurance that those 
expiring contracts we are servicing will continue after their expiration, that the client will re-procure those requirements, that 
any such re-procurement will not be restricted in a way that would eliminate us from the competition (e.g., set asides for 
small businesses), or that we will be successful in any such re-procurements or in obtaining subcontractor roles. Any factor 
that diminishes client relationships and/or professional reputation with federal, state and local, and international government 
clients,  as  well  as  commercial  clients,  could  make  it  substantially  more  difficult  for  us  to  compete  successfully  for  new 
engagements and qualified employees. To the extent our client relationships and/or professional reputation deteriorate, our 
revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. 

16 

 
 
The diversity of the services we provide, and the clients we serve, may create actual, potential, and perceived conflicts 
of interest and business conflicts that limit our growth and could lead to potential liabilities for us.  

Because we provide services to a wide array of both government and commercial clients, occasions arise where, due 
to actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest or business conflicts, we cannot perform work for which we are qualified. 
A number of our contracts contain limitations on the work we can perform for others, such as, for example, when we are 
assisting  a  government  agency  or  department  in  developing  regulations  or  enforcement  strategies.  Actual,  potential,  and 
perceived  conflicts  limit  the work we  can do  and,  consequently,  can  limit  our  growth  and  adversely  affect  our operating 
results. In addition, if we fail to address actual or potential conflicts properly, or even if we simply fail to recognize a perceived 
conflict, we may be in violation of our existing contracts, may otherwise incur liability, may lose future business for not 
preventing  the  conflict  from  arising,  and  our  reputation  may  suffer.  Particularly  as  we  continue  to  grow  our  commercial 
business, we anticipate that conflicts of interest and business conflicts will pose a greater risk. 

We derive significant revenue and profit from contracts awarded through a competitive bidding process, which can 
impose substantial costs on us, and we will lose revenue and profit if we fail to compete effectively.   

We derive  significant revenue  and  profit  from  contracts  that  are  awarded  through  a  competitive  bidding process. 

Competitive bidding imposes substantial costs and presents a number of risks, including the: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Substantial cost and managerial time and effort that we spend to prepare bids and proposals; 

Need to estimate accurately the resources and costs that will be required to service any contracts we are awarded, 
sometimes in advance of the final determination of their full scope; 

Expense  and  delay  that  may  arise  if  our  competitors  protest  or  challenge  awards  made  to  us  pursuant  to 
competitive bidding, as discussed elsewhere; and  

Opportunity cost of not bidding on and winning other contracts we may have otherwise pursued. 

To  the  extent  we  engage  in  competitive  bidding  and  are  unable  to  win  particular  contracts,  we  not  only  incur 
substantial costs in the bidding process that negatively affect our operating results, but we may lose the opportunity to operate 
in the market for the services provided under those contracts for a number of years. Even if we win a particular contract 
through  competitive  bidding, our profit  margins  may be depressed, or  we  may  even  suffer  losses  as a  result  of  the costs 
incurred through the bidding process and the need to lower our prices to overcome competition. 

Our reliance on GSA Schedule and other IDIQ contracts creates the risk of volatility in our revenue and profit levels.   

We believe that one of the elements of our success is our position as a prime contractor under GSA Schedule contracts 
and other IDIQ contracts, and we believe this position is important to our ability to sell our services to federal government 
clients. However, these contract vehicles require us to compete for each delivery order and task order, rather than having a 
more predictable stream of activity during the term of a multi-year contract. In addition, we may spend considerable cost and 
managerial time and effort to prepare bids and proposals for contracts, delivery orders or task orders that we may not win. 
There can be no assurance that we will continue to obtain revenue from such contracts at current levels, or in any amount, in 
the future. To the extent that federal government agencies and departments choose to employ GSA Schedule contracts and 
other  IDIQ  contracts  encompassing  activities  for  which  we  are  not  able  to  compete  or  provide  services,  we  could  lose 
business, which would negatively affect our revenue and profitability. 

We may not receive revenue corresponding to the full amount of our backlog, or may receive it later than we expect, 
which could adversely affect our revenue and operating results.  

The calculation of backlog is highly subjective and conditioned on numerous uncertainties and estimates, and there 
can be no assurance that we will in fact receive the amounts we have included in our backlog. Our assessment of a contract’s 
potential value is based on factors such as the amount of revenue we have recently recognized on that contract under the 
assumption that future utilization will be similar, our experience in utilizing contract capacity on similar types of contracts, 
and our professional judgment. In the case of contracts that may be renewed at the option of the client, we generally calculate 
backlog by assuming that the client will exercise all of its renewal options; however, the client may elect not to do so. In 
addition,  federal  government  contracts  rely  on  Congressional  appropriation  of  funding,  which  is  typically  provided  only 
partially at any point during the term of federal government contracts, and all or some of the work to be performed under a 
contract may require future appropriations by Congress and the subsequent allocation of funding by the procuring agency or 
department to the contract. Protests of contracts continue to be common in our industry.  We do not include contract awards 
that are subject to a pending protest in our calculation of backlog.  If a contract previously included in backlog becomes the 
subject of a protest, we would adjust backlog to remove that amount and reassess following resolution of the protest. Our 
estimate of the portion of backlog that we expect to recognize as revenue in any future period may differ from actual results 

17 

  
  
  
  
because the receipt and timing of this revenue often depends on subsequent appropriation and allocation of funding and is 
subject to various contingencies, such as timing of task orders and delivery orders, many of which are beyond our control. In 
addition, we may never receive revenue from some of the engagements that are included in our backlog, and this risk is 
greater with respect to unfunded backlog. Although we adjust our backlog to reflect modifications to or renewals of existing 
contracts, awards of new contracts, or approvals of expenditures, if we subsequently fail to realize revenue corresponding to 
our backlog, our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. 

PROFITABILITY RISKS 

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, 
which could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. In particular, the unpredictability of our earnings 
could increase on our fixed-price contracts if we cannot accurately estimate and control our contract costs.  

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs so that we can maintain positive operating 
margins and profitability. As described elsewhere in this Form 10-K, we generally enter into three principal types of contracts 
with our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials and cost-plus.  

We derived 38%, 39%, and 39% of our revenue from fixed-price contracts 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Under 
fixed-price contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are exposed to 
a number of risks. We realize a profit on fixed-price contracts only if we can control our costs and prevent cost overruns 
while also meeting contract requirements. Fixed-price contracts require cost and scheduling estimates that are based on a 
number of assumptions, including those about future economic conditions, costs, and availability of labor, equipment and 
materials, and other exigencies. We could experience cost overruns if these estimates are inaccurate as a result of errors or 
ambiguities  in  the  contract  specifications,  or  become  inaccurate  as  a  result  of  a  change  in  circumstances  following  the 
submission of the estimate due to, among other things, unanticipated technical problems, difficulties in obtaining permits or 
approvals,  changes  in  local  laws or  labor  conditions, weather delays, or  the  inability of our vendors or  subcontractors  to 
perform. If cost overruns occur, we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that project. If a project is 
significant,  or  if  there  are  one  or  more  common  issues  that  impact  multiple  projects,  costs  overruns  could  increase  the 
unpredictability of our earnings, as well as have an adverse impact on our business and earnings.  

Our  contracts  may  contain  provisions  that  are  unfavorable  to  us  and  permit  our  clients  to,  among  other  things, 
terminate our contracts partially or completely at any time prior to completion.  

Our contracts may contain provisions that allow our clients to terminate or modify these contracts at their convenience 
on short notice. If a client terminates one of our contracts for convenience, we may only bill the client for work completed 
prior to the termination, plus any commitments and settlement expenses the client agrees to pay, but not for any work not yet 
performed.  In  addition,  many  of  our  government  contracts  and  task  and  delivery  orders  are  incrementally  funded  as 
appropriated funds become available. The reduction or elimination of such funding can result in contract options not being 
exercised and further work on existing contracts and orders being curtailed. In any such event, we would have no right to 
seek lost fees or other damages. In addition, certain contracts with international government clients may have more severe 
and/or different contract clauses than what we are accustomed to with federal and state and local government clients, such as 
penalties for  any  delay  in performance. If a  client  were  to  terminate,  decline  to  exercise  options under, or  curtail  further 
performance under one or more of our major contracts, our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. 

Certain lines of business of our commercial work depend on certain sectors of the global economy that are highly 
cyclical, which can lead to substantial variations in our revenue and profit from period to period.  

In recent years, we have expanded our work with commercial clients. Our commercial clients, which include clients 
outside the U.S., generated approximately 35%, 36%, and 38% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. This 
increased reliance on commercial clients presents new risks and challenges. For example, our commercial work is heavily 
concentrated  in  industries  which  can  be  cyclical,  such  as:  energy,  air  transportation,  environmental,  retail  and  financial 
services.  Demand  for  our  services  from  our  commercial  clients  has  historically  declined  when  their  industries  have 
experienced downturns, and we expect a decline in demand for our services when these industries experience downturns in 
the future. 

18 

 
 
Our efforts to become involved in engagements that are greater in terms of size, scope and performance demands may 
result in increased performance and credit risk. 

As we expand our national and global footprint, we may become involved in a greater number of engagements that 
will be larger in size and scope. The increase in size and scope of the engagements in which we become involved in subjects 
us to the potential for a larger impact of performance risk associated with larger and more challenging engagements and the 
credit risk associated with certain larger customers, particularly among our commercial and other non-US Federal clients. 
Our customers may face unexpected circumstances that adversely impact their ability to pay their trade payables to us and 
we may face unexpected borrowing needs or losses as a result. Such circumstances could lead to our commercial customers 
filing for bankruptcy. This can ultimately lead to variations in our profit from period to period. We monitor the aging of 
receivables regularly and make assessments of the ability of customers to pay amounts due.   

Changes to U.S. tax laws may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operation and create the risk that 
we may need to adjust our accounting for these changes.   

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted in late 2017, made significant changes to U.S. tax laws and 
included numerous provisions that affect businesses, including ours.  For instance, as a result of lower corporate tax rates, the 
Tax Act tends to reduce both the value of deferred tax assets and the amount of deferred tax liabilities.  It also limits interest 
rate  deductions  and  the  amount  of  net  operating  losses  that  can  be  used  each  year  and  alters  the  expensing  of  capital 
expenditures.  Other provisions have international tax consequences for businesses like ours that operate internationally.  

Our business could be adversely affected by delays caused by our competitors protesting contract awards received by 
us, which could stop our work. Likewise, we may protest the contracts awarded to some of our competitors, a process 
that takes the time and energy of our management and we may incur additional legal and consultant costs.  

Due  in part  to  the  competitive bidding process under which government  contracts  are  awarded, we are  at  risk of 
incurring expenses and delays if one or more of our competitors protest contracts awarded to us. Contract protests remain 
common in our industry and may result in a requirement to resubmit offers for the protested contract or in the termination, 
reduction, or modification of the awarded contract. It can take many months to resolve contract protests and, in the interim, 
the contracting government agency or department may suspend our performance under the contract pending the outcome of 
the protest. Even if we prevail in defending the contract award, the resulting delay in the startup and funding of the work 
under these contracts may adversely affect our operating results. 

Moreover, in order to protect our competitive position, we may protest the contract awards of our competitors. This 
process takes the time and energy of our executives and employees, is likely to divert management’s attention from other 
important matters and could cause us to incur additional legal and consultant costs. 

COMPLIANCE RISKS 

Our failure to comply with complex laws, rules, and regulations could cause us to lose business and subject us to a 
variety of penalties and sanctions.  

We must comply with laws, rules, and regulations that affect how we do business with our government clients and 
impose added costs on our business. Each government client has its own laws, rules, and regulations that affect its contracts. 
Some  of  the  more  significant  laws  and  regulations  affecting  the  formation,  administration,  and  performance  of  U.S. 
government contracts include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

U.S.  Federal  Acquisition  Regulation,  as  well  as  Cost  Accounting  Standards,  and  agency  and  department 
regulations analogous or supplemental to federal regulation; 

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; 

U.S. Truthful Cost or Pricing Data Act (formerly known as the Truth in Negotiations Act); 

U.S. Procurement Integrity Act; 

U.S. Civil False Claims Act and the False Statements Act; and 

U.S. laws, rules and regulations restricting (i) the use and dissemination of information classified for national 
security purposes, (ii) the exportation of specified products, technologies, and technical data, and (iii) the use 
and dissemination of sensitive but unclassified data. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Any failure to comply with applicable federal, and/or state and local government laws, rules and regulations could 
subject  us  to  civil  and  criminal  penalties  and  administrative  sanctions,  including  termination  of  contracts,  repayment  of 
amounts already received under contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment 
from doing business with federal and/or state and local government agencies and departments, any of which could adversely 
affect our reputation, our revenue, our operating results, and/or the value of our stock.  

In addition, the federal government and other governments with which we do business may change their procurement 
practices or adopt new contracting laws, rules, or regulations that could be costly to satisfy or that could impair our ability to 
obtain new contracts and reduce our revenue and profit, such as curtailing the use of services firms or increasing the use of 
firms with a “preferred status,” such as small businesses.  

In addition to our U.S. operations, we also have a significant presence in key markets outside the U.S., including 
offices in the U.K., Belgium, China, India and Canada. Failure to abide by laws, rules and regulations applicable to us because 
of our work outside the U.S., such as the U.K. Bribery Act and European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, could 
have similar effects to those described above. 

We are subject to various routine and non-routine governmental and other reviews, audits and investigations, and 
unfavorable  results  could  force  us  to  adjust  previously  reported  operating  results,  could  affect  future  operating 
results, and could subject us to a variety of penalties and sanctions.  

Federal  government  departments  and  agencies  and  many  state  and  local  government  clients  review,  audit  and 
investigate our contract performance, pricing practices, cost structure, financial capability, and compliance with applicable 
laws, rules, and regulations. We have experienced growth in services related to disaster recovery in recent years, and those 
activities, by their nature, may involve interaction with a combination of federal,  state, territorial and local governments, 
citizens and subcontractors that increase the risk of audits, investigations, reviews, monitoring and litigation.  Any of these 
reviews, audits and investigations could raise issues that have significant adverse effects, including, but not limited to, delayed 
payments,  substantial  adjustments  to  our  previously  reported operating results  and  substantial  effects  on  future operating 
results. If a government review, audit, or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and 
criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, repayment of amounts already received 
under contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with 
federal and state and local government agencies and departments, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, our 
revenue, our operating results, and/or the value of our stock. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation and 
our stock price could decline if allegations of impropriety are made against us, whether true or not.  

Federal government audits have been completed on our incurred contract costs only through 2011 and audits for costs 
incurred on work performed since then have not yet been completed. In addition, non-audit reviews by federal and state and 
local governments may still be conducted on all our government contracts, even for periods before 2011. 

Litigation, claims, disputes, audits, reviews, and investigations in connection with the completed Road Home contract 
expose us to many different types of liability, may divert management attention, and could increase our costs.  

In June 2006, our  subsidiary,  ICF  Emergency Management  Services,  LLC  (“ICF  Emergency”),  was  awarded  the 
Road  Home  contract  by  the  State  of  Louisiana,  Office  of  Community  Development  (the  “OCD”),  to  manage  a  program 
designed primarily to help homeowners and landlords of small rental properties affected by Hurricanes Rita and Katrina by 
providing them compensation for the uninsured, uncompensated damages they suffered from the hurricanes (the “Program”). 
With an aggregate value of $912 million, the Road Home contract was our largest contract throughout its three-year duration, 
which ended on June 11, 2009. 

The Road Home contract provided us with significant opportunities, but also created substantial risks. A number of 
these  risks  continued  beyond  the  term  of  the  contract. We  still have  lawsuits  pending, and  other claims  have been made 
against us in connection with this contract. New lawsuits may be filed, and new claims may be made against us in the future 
including, but not limited to, claims by subcontractors and others who are dissatisfied with the amount of money they have 
received from, or their treatment under, the Program. We have defended such lawsuits and claims vigorously and plan to 
continue to do so, but we may not prevail in future cases. Although the contract provides that, with several exceptions, we 
are allowed to charge, as an expense under the contract, reasonable costs and fees incurred in defending and paying claims 
brought  by  third  parties  arising  out  of  our  performance,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  legal  costs  and  fees  will  be 
reimbursed. The State of Louisiana has not reimbursed us for the majority of such costs or fees and has not reimbursed any 
such costs or fees since 2008. The outstanding contract receivables related to defending and paying claims were fully reserved 
as of December 31, 2019. 

20 

 
 
In addition, as discussed in “Note 20 - Contingencies – Road Home Contract” in our financial statements, on June 
10, 2016, the OCD filed a written administrative demand (the “Administrative Demand”) with the Louisiana Commissioner 
of Administration against ICF Emergency in connection with the administration of the Program. In its administrative demand, 
the OCD sought approximately $200.8 million in alleged overpayments to Program grant recipients. The OCD separately 
supplemented the amount of recovery it is seeking in total approximately $220.2 million. The State of Louisiana, through the 
Division of Administration, also filed suit (the “Proceeding”) in Louisiana state court on June 10, 2016 broadly alleging and 
seeking recoupment for the same claim made in the Administrative Demand. On September 21, 2016, the Commissioner of 
the Division of Administration notified the OCD and the Company of his decision to defer jurisdiction of the Administrative 
Demand. In so doing, the Commissioner declined to reach a decision on the merits, stated that his deferral would not be 
deemed to grant or deny any portion of the OCD’s claim, and authorized the parties to proceed on the matter in the Proceeding. 
The  Company  continues  to believe  that neither  the Administrative Demand  nor  the Proceeding  has  any  merit,  intends  to 
vigorously defend its position, and has therefore not recorded a liability as of December 31, 2019. 

The Road Home contract may continue to be the subject of audit, investigations, and reviews by federal and state 
government  authorities  and  their  representatives.  These  activities  may  consume  significant  management  time  and  effort. 
Further, the contract provides that we are subject to audits for a period after the date of the last payment made under the 
contract. Findings from any audit, investigation, review, monitoring, or similar activity could subject us to civil and criminal 
penalties and administrative sanctions from federal and state government authorities, which could substantially adversely 
affect our reputation, our revenue, our operating results, and the value of our stock. 

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS RISKS  

Our international operations pose additional risks to our profitability and operating results.  

We  have  offices  in  the  U.K.,  Belgium,  China,  India,  and  Canada,  among  others,  and  expect  to  continue  to  have 
international  operations  and  offices,  some  of  which  are  in  underdeveloped  countries  that  do  not  have  a  well-established 
business  infrastructure.  We  also  perform  work  in  some  countries  where  we  do  not  have  a  physical  office.  Some  of  the 
countries in which we work have a history of political instability or may expose our employees and subcontractors to physical 
danger.  Expansion  into  selective  new  geographic  regions  requires  considerable  management  and  financial  resources,  the 
expenditure of which may negatively impact our results, and we may never see any return on our investment.  

Our international operations are subject to risks associated with operating in, and selling to and in, countries other 
than the U.S., that could, directly or indirectly, adversely affect our international and domestic operations and our overall 
revenue, profit, and operating results including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Compliance with the laws, rules, regulations, policies, legal standards, and enforcement mechanisms of the U.S. 
and the other countries in which we operate, including bribery and anti-corruption laws, economic sanctions, 
trade  restrictions,  local  tax  and  income  laws,  and  local  labor  and  employment  laws,  which  are  sometimes 
inconsistent; 

Restrictions on the ability to repatriate profits to the U.S. or otherwise move funds; 

Potential personal injury to personnel who may be exposed to military conflicts and other hostile situations in 
foreign countries; 

Expropriation and nationalization of our assets or those of our subcontractors, and other inabilities to protect 
our property rights; and/or 

Difficulties in managing and staffing such operations, including obtaining work permits or visas, identifying 
qualified  local  employees,  operating  according  to  different  local  labor  laws  and  regulations,  dealing  with 
different local business cultures and practices, and collecting contract receivables. 

In addition, because of our work with international clients, certain of our revenues and costs are denominated in other 
currencies, then translated to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Our revenues and profits may decrease as a result 
of currency fluctuations and devaluations and limitations on the conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and in the 
conversion between foreign currencies. We currently have forward contract agreements (“hedges”) related to our operations 
in the E.U. hedging the translation between the Euro and the pound sterling. We recognize changes in the fair-value of the 
hedges in our results of operations. We may increase the number, size and scope of our hedges as we analyze options for 
mitigating our foreign exchange risk. We cannot be sure that our hedges will be successful in reducing the risks to us of our 
exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and, in fact, the hedges may adversely affect our operating results. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our  business  in  the  U.K.  and  the  European  Union  could  be  negatively  affected  by  the  timing  and  terms  of,  and 
uncertainties related to, the U.K.’s exit, and potential other exits, from the European Union.  

Our U.K. and Belgian operations have traditionally serviced most of our European clients, including the European 
Commission, and there has been, and remains, a risk that these operations could be disrupted by the withdrawal of the U.K. 
from the European Union (“EU”), often referred to as “Brexit.” 

The U.K.’s withdrawal from the EU became effective on January 31, 2020, but is subject to a transition period that 
lasts until December 31, 2020 unless further extended by agreement of the U.K.-EU Joint Committee for a period of up to 
two years (any such extension having to be agreed by June 2020, according to the withdrawal Treaty).  The U.K. Government 
has said publicly that it does not intend to seek any extension.  During the transition period, the U.K. and the EU will both, 
broadly speaking, treat the U.K. as if it were still an EU member state.  As such it is not expected that material changes to the 
relationship between the U.K. and the EU will occur during the transition period.  

Such an exit from the EU is unprecedented. It has been and remains unclear how the commercial, legal, regulatory 
and tax environment in which we, our customers and our counterparties operate will be affected by negotiations between the 
U.K. and the EU as regards the future terms of trade and related regulatory, tax and other issues. Among the many necessary 
changes,  after  the  transition  period  the  U.K.  will  have  its  own  customs  territory  and  set  its  own  tariffs.  The  Political 
Declaration  that  accompanies  the  withdrawal  Treaty  states  that  the  economic  partnership  should,  through  a  free  trade 
agreement, (i) ensure that there will be no tariffs, fees, charges or quantitative restrictions across all sectors for goods, and 
(ii)  provide  for  the  absence  of  substantially  all  discrimination  for  services  in  the  covered  sectors,  with  exceptions  and 
limitations as appropriate.  Although the Political Declaration expresses the intent of both parties to conclude agreements in 
time for them to come into force by the end of 2020, the negotiations of free trade and related agreements between the U.K. 
and the EU are expected to be difficult and time-consuming. There is a risk that, at the end of the transition period, in the 
absence of new free trade agreements, the U.K. would default onto World Trade Organization terms for all trade with the 
EU, with the potential for significant disruption to existing patterns of trade. 

The challenges that continue to surround the timing and terms of the U.K.’s exit from the EU and its consequences 
could  adversely  impact  customer  and  investor  confidence  and  relationships,  result  in  additional  market  volatility  and 
adversely affect our businesses and results of operations. These effects could derive from delays or reductions in contract 
awards, canceled contracts, increased costs, fluctuations in exchange rates, difficulty in recruiting or in gaining permission 
to employ existing staff, or less favorable payment terms. 

There  also  remains  the  possibility  of  further  political  and  constitutional  changes  within  the  U.K.,  specifically  in 
relation to Scotland or Northern Ireland (which is accorded a special status with enhanced access to the EU Single Market 
under the withdrawal Treaty), with different but significant consequences. And other EU member states may conduct their 
own referenda leading to an exit from the EU or demands for greater freedom from the strictures deriving from the EU, 
resulting in a reduction in the financial resources of the European Commission that could lead to a decrease in the funding 
and scope of our work for that client. In addition, security and sovereignty and financial system stability issues resulting from 
Brexit or other geopolitical events, or the EU actions driven by those events, could change the current balance of responsibility 
established between the European Commission and member states, or affect the results of the EU budget-setting process, 
either of which could also reduce the funding and scope of our work for that client. 

PRIVACY, CYBERSECURITY AND TECHNOLOGY RISKS  

Our operations face continuous and evolving cybersecurity risks 

The  continued  occurrence  of  high-profile  data  breaches  of  other  companies  provides  evidence  of  an  external 
environment hostile to information security. In particular, cybersecurity attacks are evolving, and we face the constant risk 
of  cybersecurity  threats,  whether  from  deliberate  attacks  or  unintentional  events,  including  computer  viruses,  attacks  by 
computer hackers, malicious code, cyber and phishing attacks, and other electronic security breaches, including unauthorized 
access to our and our clients’ systems, that could lead to disruptions in critical systems, unauthorized release of confidential 
or otherwise protected information and/or corruption of data. The so-called “insider threat,” unauthorized data and changes 
being introduced into systems by employees and contractors, is an increasingly present risk to be managed.  

22 

 
 
As  a  federal  government  contractor,  we  face  a  heightened  risk  of  a  security  breach  or  disruption  with  respect  to 
personally identifiable, controlled unclassified information, classified, or otherwise protected data resulting from an attack 
by computer hackers, foreign governments and/or cyber terrorists. Improper disclosure of this information could harm our 
reputation and affect our relationships with business partners, lead to legal exposure, or subject us to liability under laws, 
rules and regulations that protect personal or other confidential data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. 

Although we devote significant resources to our cybersecurity programs and have implemented security measures to 
protect our systems and to prevent, detect and respond to cybersecurity incidents, there can be no assurance that our efforts 
will prevent these threats. As these security threats continue to evolve, we may be required to devote additional resources to 
protect, prevent, detect and respond against cybersecurity attacks, system disruptions and security breaches. Moreover, we 
also rely in part on third-party software and information technology vendors to run our information systems. Any failure of 
these third-party systems, which are outside of our control but still impact us, could have similar adverse effects. 

Impermissible use, misuse or an improper disclosure of personal data or confidential information and breaches of, or 
disruptions to, our information technology systems or those of our third-party providers, could adversely affect our 
business and could result in liability and harm our reputation.   

We  and  our  vendors  process  increasingly  large  amounts  of  personal  and  sensitive  personal  data  (collectively, 
“Personal Data”) concerning our existing and potential employees, clients, client customers, vendors or other third parties 
(collectively, “Data Subjects”), as well as handle confidential information on our clients’ behalf. Therefore, we must ensure 
that we, as well as our vendors, can comply and demonstrate compliance with the various countries’ and U.S. states’ privacy 
and data protection laws, rules, and regulations (collectively, “Privacy and Data Protection Law(s)”) in any geolocation where 
we or our vendors process Data Subjects’ Personal Data. Privacy and Data Protection Laws often vary significantly, and the 
changes to existing laws and adoption of new, more rigorous laws occurs on an increasing basis. For example, the European 
Union’s 2018 General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) requires us to meet stringent requirements regarding (i) our 
access, use, disclosure, transfer, protection, or otherwise processing of Personal Data; and (ii) the ability of Data Subjects’ to 
exercise their related various rights such as to access, correct or delete their Personal Data. The 2018 California Consumer 
Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which went into effect January 2020, now imposes similar requirements, and other U.S. states will 
likely follow. Failure to meet Privacy and Data Protection Law requirements could result in significant penalties (including 
under GDPR) fines up to 4% of annual worldwide revenue as well as criminal penalties).  Privacy and Data Protection Law 
requirements also confer a private right of action. We may incur substantial costs associated with protecting Personal Data 
and maintaining compliance with the various Privacy and Data Protection Laws. These costs could adversely affect our results 
of operations. In addition, any inability, real or perceived, to adequately address privacy and data protection concerns, or to 
comply with applicable Privacy and Data Protection Laws, policies, industry standards, or contractual obligations could result 
in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, negatively impact our ability to win new contracts or process 
Personal Data in certain geolocations, and otherwise adversely affect our business. 

Systems and/or service failures could interrupt our operations, leading to reduced revenue and profit.  

Any interruption in our operations or any systems failures, including, but not limited to: (i) the inability of our staff 
to perform their work in a timely fashion, whether caused by limited access to and/or closure of our and/or our clients’ offices 
or otherwise; (ii) the failure of network, software and/or hardware systems; and (iii) other interruptions and failures, whether 
caused by us, a third-party service provider, unauthorized intruders and/or hackers, computer viruses, natural disasters, power 
shortages, terrorist attacks or otherwise, could cause loss of data and interruptions or delays in our business or that of our 
clients, or both. In addition, the failure or disruption of mail, communications and/or utilities could cause an interruption or 
suspension of our operations or otherwise harm our reputation or business. Our property and business interruption insurance 
may be inadequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur as a result of any system or operational failure or disruption 
and, as a result, revenue, profits and operating results could be adversely affected. 

23 

 
 
We provide digital marketing services in highly competitive and constantly evolving markets. Our success in these 
markets depends on our ability to develop and integrate new technologies into our business and enhance our existing 
products and services, as well as our ability to respond to rapid changes in technology in order to remain competitive.  

In  our  consumer  and  financial  market,  we  provide  digital  marketing  services  in  highly  competitive  markets.  We 
compete principally with large systems consulting and implementation firms, traditional and digital advertising and marketing 
agencies, offshore consulting and outsourcing companies, and clients’ internal information systems departments. To a lesser 
extent, other competitors include boutique consulting firms that maintain specialized skills and/or are geographically focused. 
We expect these competitors to devote significant effort to maintaining and growing their respective market shares. If we 
cannot respond effectively to advances by our competitors in this market, or grow our own business efficiently, our overall 
business and operating results could be adversely affected. 

Our success in this competitive market depends in part on our ability to adapt to rapid technological advances and 
evolving standards in computer and mobile device hardware and software development and media infrastructure, changing 
and increasingly sophisticated customer needs, newly developed digital marketing services and platform introductions and 
enhancements. If, within this market, we are unable to develop new or sufficiently differentiated products and services, to 
enhance  and  improve  our  products  and  support  services  in  a  timely  manner  or  to  position  and/or  price  our  products  and 
services to meet demand, our overall business and operating results could be adversely affected. 

We depend on our intellectual property and our failure to protect it could harm our competitive position. 

Our success depends in part upon our internally developed technology and models, proprietary processes, and other 
intellectual property that we incorporate in our products and utilize to provide our services. If we fail to protect our intellectual 
property, our competitors could market services or products similar to our services and products, which could reduce demand 
for our offerings. Government clients typically retain a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free right to use the intellectual property 
we develop for them in a manner defined within government regulations, including providing it to other government agencies 
or departments, as well as to our competitors in connection with their performance of government contracts. When necessary, 
we seek authorization to use intellectual property developed for the government or to secure export authorization. Government 
clients may grant us the right to commercialize software developed with government funding, but they are not required to do 
so. If we improperly use intellectual property that was even partially funded by government clients, these clients could seek 
damages and royalties from us, sanction us, and prevent us from working on future government contracts. Actions could also 
be taken against us if we improperly use intellectual property belonging to others besides our government clients. In addition, 
there can be substantial costs associated with protecting our intellectual property, which can also have an adverse effect on 
our results of operations.  

RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITIONS   

When we undertake acquisitions, they may present integration challenges, fail to perform as expected, increase our 
liabilities, and/or reduce our earnings.   

One of our growth strategies is to make strategic acquisitions. When we complete acquisitions, it may be challenging 
and costly to integrate the acquired businesses due to operating and integrating new accounting systems, differences in the 
locations of personnel and facilities, differences in corporate cultures, disparate business models, or other reasons. If we are 
unable to successfully integrate acquired companies, our revenue and operating results could suffer. In addition, we may not 
successfully achieve the anticipated cost efficiencies and synergies from these acquisitions. Also, our costs for managerial, 
operational, financial, and administrative systems may increase and be higher than anticipated. During and following the 
integration of an acquired business, we may experience attrition, including losing key employees and/or clients of the acquired 
business, which could adversely affect our future revenue and operating results and prevent us from achieving the anticipated 
benefits of the acquisition. 

Businesses we acquire may have liabilities or adverse operating issues, or both, that we either fail to discover through 
due diligence or underestimate prior to the consummation of the acquisition. These liabilities and/or issues may include the 
acquired business’ failure to comply with, or other violations of, applicable laws, rules, or regulations or contractual or other 
obligations or liabilities. As the successor owner, we may be financially responsible for, and may suffer harm to our reputation 
or  otherwise  be  adversely  affected  by,  such  liabilities  and/or  issues.  An  acquired  business  also  may  have  problems  with 
internal controls over financial reporting, which could in turn cause us to have significant deficiencies or material weaknesses 
in  our  own  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting.  These  and  any  other  costs,  liabilities,  issues,  and/or  disruptions 
associated with any past or future acquisitions, and the related integration, could harm our operating results. 

24 

 
 
As a result of our acquisitions, we have substantial amounts of goodwill and intangible assets, and changes in business 
conditions  could  cause  these  assets  to  become  impaired,  requiring  write-downs  that  would  adversely  affect  our 
operating results.   

All of our acquisitions have involved purchase prices in excess of tangible asset values net of liabilities assumed, 
resulting in the creation of an increased amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. As of December 31, 2019, goodwill 
and purchased intangibles accounted for approximately 52% and 2%, respectively, of our total assets. Under U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles, we do not amortize goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination.  We evaluate the 
recoverability of recorded goodwill annually, as well as when events or circumstances indicate there may be an impairment 
or if we have a significant change in reporting units. Although we have to date determined that such assets have not been 
impaired, future events or changes in circumstances that result in an impairment of goodwill would have a negative impact 
on our profitability and operating results. 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR CORPORATE AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE   

Provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may prevent or deter potential acquisition bids to acquire us 
and other actions that stockholders may consider favorable, and the market price of our common stock may be lower 
as a result.   

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Our charter documents contain the following provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect: 

Our board  of directors  is divided  into  three  classes,  making  it  more  difficult  for  stockholders  to  change  the 
composition of the board; 

Directors may be removed only for cause; 

Our stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of the stockholders; 

All stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting or 
by a written consent signed by all of our stockholders; 

Our stockholders are required to comply with advance notice procedures to nominate candidates for election to 
our  board  of  directors  or  to  place  stockholders’  proposals  on  the  agenda  for  consideration  at  stockholder 
meetings; and 

The approval of the holders of capital stock representing at least two-thirds of our voting power is required to 
amend our indemnification obligations, director classifications, stockholder proposal requirements, and director 
candidate  nomination  requirements  set  forth  in  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and 
amended and restated bylaws. 

In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, 
which regulates corporate acquisitions. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals; delay or prevent a 
change-in-control transaction; discourage others from making tender offers for our common stock; and/or prevent changes in 
our management. 

There are risks associated with our outstanding and future indebtedness which could reduce our profitability, limit 
our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and reduce the value of our stock.   

As of December 31, 2019, we had an aggregate of $165.4 million of outstanding indebtedness under a credit facility 
that will mature on May 17, 2022. The debt level increased as a result of the January 2020 acquisition of ITG, and we are in 
the  process  of  negotiating  an  enlarged  credit  facility.  Subject  to  the  limits  contained  in  the  agreements  governing  our 
outstanding  debt,  we  may  incur  additional  debt  in  the  future.  Our  ability  to  pay  interest  and  repay  the  principal  for  our 
indebtedness from time to time, as well as meet our financial and operating covenant requirements, is dependent upon our 
ability to, among other things, manage our business operations, and generate sufficient cash flows to service such debt. If we 
are unable to comply with the terms of our financing agreements or obtain additional required financing, this could ultimately 
result in a significant adverse effect on our financial results and the value of our stock. Among other things, our debt could: 

• 

• 

• 

Make it difficult to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other 
general corporate purposes; 

Result in a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations being dedicated to the payment of the principal 
and interest on our debt, as well as used to make debt service payments; 

Limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our business and the marketplace; 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
• 

• 

Place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to other less leveraged firms; and 

Increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and rises in interest rates.  

Should  any  of  these  or  other  unforeseen  consequences  arise,  they  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition, results of operations, future business opportunities and/or ability to satisfy our obligations under our debt. 

Changes affecting the availability of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) may have consequences for us 
that cannot yet reasonably be predicted. 

The Company has outstanding debt, that matures in May 2022, and derivatives with variable interest rates based on 
LIBOR, which extend out to August 2023. The LIBOR benchmark has been the subject of national, international, and other 
regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends 
to  stop  persuading  or  compelling  banks  to  submit  rates  for  calculation  of  LIBOR  after  2021.  Regulators  in  various 
jurisdictions have been working to replace LIBOR and other interbank offered rates with reference interest rates that are more 
firmly based on actual transactions and it is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to alternative 
rates will occur over the course of the next few years. While the U.S Federal Reserve has identified replacements for LIBOR 
and the Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued proposals for the transition from existing reference interest rates to 
alternative rates, there has been no agreed-upon alternative rate. These reforms may cause LIBOR to perform differently than 
in the past and LIBOR may ultimately cease to exist after 2021.  

At this time, it is not possible to accurately predict the effect of any changes to LIBOR, any phase out of LIBOR or 
any establishment of alternative benchmark rates. Any new benchmark rate will likely not replicate LIBOR exactly, which 
could impact our financial instruments, may result in expenses, difficulties, complications or delays in connection with future 
financing efforts, may not be as favorable to us as those based on LIBOR, as well as other unforeseen effects, all of which 
could  impact  our  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  There  is  uncertainty  about  how  applicable  law,  the  courts  or  the 
Company will address the replacement of LIBOR with alternative rates. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes 
may also adversely affect the trading market for our securities. Management continues to monitor the status and discussions 
regarding LIBOR. We are not yet able to reasonably estimate the expected impact. 

We cannot assure you that we will pay special or regular dividends on our stock in the future.   

The board of directors authorized, declared and paid regular dividends each quarter in 2019.  The declaration of any 
future dividends and the establishment of the per share amount, record dates and payment dates for any such future dividends 
are subject to the discretion of the board of directors taking into account future earnings, cash flows, net income, dividend 
yield and other factors. Authorization of dividends by the Board is subject to adherence/compliance with our credit facility. 
There can be no assurance that the board of directors will declare any dividends in the future. To the extent that expectations 
by market participants regarding the potential payment, or amount, of any special or regular dividend prove to be incorrect, 
the price of our common stock may be materially and negatively affected and investors that bought shares of our common 
stock based on those expectations may suffer a loss on their investment. 

26 

 
  
 
 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

We lease our offices and do not own any real estate. As of December 31, 2019, we leased approximately 326,983 
square feet of office space at our corporate headquarters at 9300/9302 Lee Highway, Fairfax, Virginia (in the Washington, 
D.C. metropolitan area) through December 2022 (the “Fairfax Offices”). The Fairfax Offices house a portion of our operations 
and almost all of our corporate functions, including most of our staff within executive management, treasury, accounting, 
legal, human resources, business and corporate development, facilities management, information services, and contracts. 

On October 24, 2019, we entered into a new commercial lease agreement for our corporate headquarters in Reston, 
Virginia. The new lease commences on March 1, 2022, the anticipated date we will take control of the property and commence 
buildout, and extends through April 30, 2039 and provides for the lease by us of approximately 208,000 square feet of space. 
Total base rent payable over the extended lease period is approximately $154.9 million. We have two options to extend the 
term of the lease for an additional consecutive ten-year period under each option, or four options to extend the lease for an 
additional consecutive five-year period under each option with respect to the entire premises. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had leases in place for approximately 1.4 million square feet of office space in more 
than 90 office locations throughout the U.S. and around the world, with various lease terms expiring over the next nine years. 
As of December 31, 2019, approximately 13,325 square feet of the space we leased was subleased to other parties. We believe 
that our current office space, as well as other office space we expect to be able to lease, will meet our needs for the next 
several years. Lastly, a portion of our operations staff is housed at client-provided facilities, pursuant to the terms of a number 
of our client contracts.   

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are involved in various legal matters and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While these 
matters and proceedings cause us to incur costs, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, we currently believe that any 
ultimate liability arising out of these matters and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, 
results of operations, or cash flows. 

An update on litigation related to our Road Home contract is discussed in “Note 20— Contingencies — Road Home 

Contract” in our financial statements. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

27 

  
 
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

PART II 

Market Information 

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ICFI.”  

Holders 

As  of  February  21,  2020,  there  were  28  registered  holders  of  record  of  our  common  stock.  This  number  is  not 
representative of the number of beneficial holders because many of the shares are held by depositories, brokers, or nominees. 

Dividends 

We currently expect to continue paying dividends comparable with our historic dividend payments. The declaration 
and payment of any dividends is at the sole discretion of the board of directors and is not guaranteed. Our amended credit 
facility contains certain restrictions related to the payment of cash dividends, requiring us to meet certain covenants prior to 
and after the declaration of any dividend. 

Stock Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock from December 31, 
2014 through December 31, 2019, with the cumulative total return on (i) the NASDAQ Composite, (ii) the Russell 2000 stock 
index, and (iii) the Company’s 2019 peer group composed of other governmental and commercial service providers: Booz 
Allen  Hamilton  Holding  Corporation;  CACI  International  Inc.;  CBIZ,  Inc.;  CRA  International,  Inc.;  Exponent  Inc.;  FTI 
Consulting, Inc.; GP Strategies Corporation; Huron Consulting Group Inc.; ManTech International Corporation; Maximus, 
Inc.; Resources Connection, Inc.; Science Applications International Corporation; Tetra Tech, Inc.; Unisys Corporation; and 
VSE Corporation (the “2019 Peer Group”). As part of the annual process of reviewing the peer group, management ensures 
that the selected companies remain aligned with the Company’s evolving business strategy. With respect to our 2019 Peer 
Group, there were two companies, Engility Holdings, Inc. and Navigant Consulting, Inc., that were on the 2018 peer group 
that have been removed due to mergers and acquisition activities during the year. The comparison below assumes an initial 
investment of $100.00 on December 31, 2014 in which all dividends (if any) are reinvested and all returns are market-cap 
weighted. The historical information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of future performance. 

28 

2015 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

2019 

ICF International, Inc. .....   $ 
NASDAQ Composite ......     
Russell 2000 Index ..........     
Peer Group ......................     

86.77      $ 
106.96        
95.59        
98.27        

134.70      $ 
116.45        
115.95        
126.61        

128.11      $ 
150.96        
132.94        
136.63        

159.38      $ 
146.67        
118.30        
149.21        

227.01   
200.49   
148.49   
221.16   

29 

 
  
 
  
  
 
     
     
     
     
  
  
 
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

None.  

Repurchases of Equity Securities  

The following table summarizes the share repurchase activity for the three months ended December 31, 2019 for our 

share repurchase plan and shares purchased in satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations. 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased (a) 

Average 
Price Paid 
per Share (a) 

Total Number 
of Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans 
or Programs (b) 

Approximate Dollar 
Value of Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the Plans or 
Programs (b) 

—      $ 
1,338      $ 
—      $ 
1,338      $ 

—        
85.23        
—        
85.23        

—      $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 
—          

68,010,294   
68,010,294   
68,010,294   

Period 

October 1 – October 31 ............       
November 1 – November 30 ....       
December 1 – December 31 .....       
Total .........................................       

(a) 

(b) 

The  total  number  of  shares  purchased  of  1,338  includes  any  shares  repurchased  pursuant  to  our  share  repurchase 
program  described  further  in  footnote  (b)  below,  as  well  as  shares  purchased  from  employees  to  pay  required 
withholding  taxes  related  to  the  settlement  of  restricted  stock  units  in  accordance  with  our  applicable  long-term 
incentive plan. During the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 1,338 shares of common 
stock from employees in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations at an average price of $85.23 per share.  

The current share repurchase program, announced in September 2017 and extended in November 2019, authorizes 
share repurchases in the aggregate up to $100.0 million. Our existing Credit Facility limits our Leverage Ratio (as 
defined under the Credit Facility), prior to and after giving effect to any repurchase, to 3.25 to 1.00 or less. During the 
three months ended December 31, 2019, we did not repurchase any shares under the share repurchase program.  

30 

  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The  following  table  presents  selected  historical  financial  data  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements and other information for each of the five years presented. This information should be read in conjunction with 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  our  audited  financial 
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The financial information below reflects the results 
or impact of our acquisitions since the date the entities were purchased. 

2019 

Year Ended December 31, 
2017 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

2016 

2018 

2015 

Statement of Earnings Data: 
Revenue ............................................................     $ 1,478,525   
Direct costs .......................................................        953,187   
Operating costs and expenses: 

Indirect and selling expenses ......................        395,763   
20,099   
Depreciation and amortization ....................       
8,083   
Amortization of intangible assets ................       
Total operating costs and expenses .......        423,945   
Operating income .............................................        101,393   
(10,719 ) 
Interest expense ................................................       
(501 ) 
Other (expense) income ....................................       
90,173   
Income before income taxes .............................       
21,235   
Provision for income taxes ...............................       
68,938   
Net income .......................................................     $ 

  $ 1,337,973   
     857,508   

  $ 1,229,162   
     771,725   

  $ 1,185,097   
     745,137   

  $ 1,132,232   
     694,436   

     360,987   
17,163   
10,043   
     388,193   
92,272   
(8,710 ) 
(735 ) 
82,827   
21,427   
61,400   

  $ 

     346,440   
17,691   
10,888   
     375,019   
82,418   
(8,553 ) 
121   
73,986   
11,110   
62,876   

  $ 

     328,048   
16,638   
12,481   
     357,167   
82,793   
(9,470 ) 
1,184   
74,507   
27,923   
46,584   

  $ 

     329,159   
16,222   
17,184   
     362,565   
75,231   
(10,072 ) 
(1,559 ) 
63,600   
24,231   
39,369   

  $ 

Earnings per share (“EPS”): 

Basic ...........................................................     $ 
Diluted ........................................................     $ 

3.66   
3.59   

  $ 
  $ 

3.27   
3.18   

  $ 
  $ 

3.35   
3.27   

  $ 
  $ 

2.45   
2.40   

  $ 
  $ 

2.04   
2.00   

Weighted-average common shares 

outstanding: 
Basic ...........................................................       
Diluted ........................................................       

18,816   
19,224   

18,797   
19,335   

18,766   
19,244   

18,989   
19,416   

19,335   
19,663   

Cash dividends declared per common share(1) ...     $ 

0.56   

  $ 

0.56   

  $ 

—   

  $ 

—   

  $ 

—   

2019 

2018 

As of December 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

2015 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents .................................     $ 
6,482   
Total assets ........................................................       1,397,217   
Long-term debt ..................................................        165,444   
Total stockholders’ equity .................................        714,551   

11,694      $ 

11,809      $ 

  $ 
    1,213,862     
     200,424     
     660,417     

  1,110,255     
   206,250     
   616,030     

6,042   
  1,085,571   
   259,389   
   566,004   

  $ 
7,747   
    1,080,290   
     311,532   
     523,276   

(1) 

No cash dividends were declared during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.  

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
        
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
  
  
        
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS

OF OPERATIONS 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Financial Data” and the 
consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion 
and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, such as statements of 
our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could 
cause or contribute to our actual results differing materially from those anticipated include those discussed in “Risk Factors” 
and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This section of this Form 10-K generally discusses 2019 and 2018 items 
and year-to-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018. Discussions of 2017 items and year-to-year comparisons between 
2018 and 2017 that are not included in this Form 10-K can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  in  Part  II,  Item  7  of  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
December  31,2018,  which  was  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  27,  2019,  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  into  this 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  

OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK 

We provide professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial clients. Our services 
include  management,  marketing,  technology,  and  policy  consulting  and  implementation  services.  We  help  our  clients 
conceive, develop, implement, and improve solutions that address complex business, natural resource, social, technological, 
and public safety issues. Our clients operate in four key markets: energy, environment, and infrastructure; health, education, 
and  social  programs;  safety  and  security;  and  consumer  and  financial.  Drawing  from  our  domain  knowledge  and  staff 
experience in working in multi-disciplinary teams for clients in a variety of markets, we provide services that deliver value 
throughout the entire life cycle of a policy, program, project, or initiative, from initial research, analysis, assessment and 
advice to design and implementation of programs and technology-based solutions, and the provision of engagement services 
and programs. 

Our clients utilize our services because we combine diverse institutional knowledge and experience with the deep 
subject matter expertise of our highly educated staff, which we deploy in multi-disciplinary teams. We have successfully 
worked  with  many  of  our  clients  for  decades,  with  the  result  that  we  have  a  thorough  and  nuanced  perspective  of  their 
objectives  and  needs.  We  serve  both  governmental  and  commercial  clients.  Our  government  clients  include  those  from 
departments and agencies of the federal government, state (including territories) and local governments, and international 
governments. Our government efforts include work performed under subcontract agreements to commercial clients whose 
ultimate customer is government agencies and departments.  

Our largest clients are U.S. federal government departments and agencies. In fact, our federal government clients 
have included every cabinet-level department, most significantly HHS, DOS, and DoD. Federal government clients generated 
approximately 38%, 41%, and 45% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. State and local government clients 
generated approximately 19%, 14%, and 10% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. International government 
clients generated approximately 8%, 9%, and 7% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

We also serve a variety of commercial clients worldwide, including: airlines, airports, electric and gas utilities, oil 
companies,  hospitals,  health  insurers  and  other  health-related  companies,  banks  and  other  financial  services  companies, 
transportation,  travel  and  hospitality  firms,  non-profits/associations,  law  firms,  manufacturing  firms,  retail  chains,  and 
distribution companies. Our commercial clients, which include clients outside the U.S., generated approximately 35%, 36%, 
and 38% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.  

We report operating results and financial data as a single segment based on the consolidated information used by our 
chief operating decision-maker in evaluating the financial performance of our business and allocating resources. Our single 
segment represents our core business—professional services for government and commercial clients. Although we describe 
our multiple service offerings to clients that operate in four markets to provide a better understanding of the scope and scale 
of our business, we do not manage our business or allocate our resources based on those service offerings or client markets. 
Rather, on a project by project basis, we assemble the best team from throughout the enterprise to deliver highly customized 
solutions that are tailored to meet the needs of each client. We believe that demand for our services will continue to grow as 
government, industry, and other stakeholders seek to address critical long-term societal and natural resource issues due to 
heightened concerns about clean energy and energy efficiency; health promotion, treatment, and cost control; and ongoing 
homeland  security  threats.  We  also  see  significant  opportunity  to  further  leverage  our  digital  and  client  engagement 
capabilities across our commercial and government client base. Our future results will depend on the success of our strategy 
to enhance our client relationships and seek larger engagements that span the entire program life cycle, and to complete and 
32 

successfully  integrate  additional  strategic  acquisitions.  We  will  continue  to  focus  on  broadening  domain  expertise  and 
building  scale  in  key  client  markets  and  geographies  by  developing  business  with  existing  and  new  government  and 
commercial clients and replicating our business model in selective geographies. In doing so, we will continue to evaluate 
strategic acquisition opportunities, seeking acquisitions that promote the achievement of strategic objectives like enhancing 
our subject matter knowledge, broadening our service offerings, and/or providing scale in specific geographies, and from 
which we believe that we can earn an acceptable return. 

While we continue to see favorable long-term market opportunities, there are certain near-term challenges facing all 
government service providers, including top-line legislative constraints on federal government discretionary spending and 
actions by Congress or the Administration that could result in a delay or reduction to our current revenue, profit and cash 
flows, and have a negative impact on our on-going business and results of operations. However, we believe we are well 
positioned in budget areas that will continue to be priorities to the federal government. 

We  believe  that  the  combination  of  internally  generated  funds,  available  bank  borrowings,  and  cash  and  cash 
equivalents on hand will provide the required liquidity and capital resources necessary to fund on-going operations, potential 
acquisitions, customary capital expenditures, and other working capital requirements. 

Our results of operations and cash flows may vary significantly from quarter to quarter depending on a number of 

factors, including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Progress of contract performance; 

Extraordinary economic events and natural disasters; 

Number of billable days in a quarter; 

Timing of client orders; 

Timing of award fee notices; 

Changes in the scope of contracts; 

Variations in purchasing patterns under our contracts; 

Federal and state and local governments’ and other clients’ spending levels; 

Federal government shutdowns; 

Timing of billings to, and collection of payments from clients; 

Timing of receipt of invoices from, and payments to, employees and vendors; 

Commencement, completion, and termination of contracts; 

Strategic  decisions,  such  as  acquisitions,  consolidations,  divestments,  spin-offs,  joint  ventures,  strategic 
investments, and changes in business strategy; 

Timing of significant costs and investments (such as bid and proposal costs and the costs involved in planning 
or making acquisitions); 

Timing of events related to discrete tax items; 

Our contract mix and use of subcontractors or the timing of other direct costs for which we may earn lower 
contract margin; 

Changes in contract margin performance due to performance risks; 

Additions to, and departures of, staff; 

Changes in staff utilization; 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

Paid time off taken by our employees; 

Level and cost of our debt; 

Changes in accounting principles and policies; and/or 

General market and economic conditions. 

Because a significant portion of our expenses (such as personnel, facilities, and related costs) are fixed in the short 
term,  contract  performance  and  variation  in  the  volume  of  activity,  as  well  as  in  the  number  and  volume  of  contracts 
commenced  or  completed  during  any  year,  may  cause  significant  variations  in  operating  results  from  year  to  year.  We 
generally have been able to price our contracts in a manner that accommodates the rates of inflation experienced in recent 
years, although we cannot ensure that we will be able to do so in the future. 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

A key element of our growth strategy is to pursue acquisitions. In 2018, we acquired The Future Customer (“TFC”), 
DMS Disaster Consultants (“DMS”), and We Are Vista Limited (“Vista”).  In January 2020, we completed the acquisition 
of ITG. While providing capabilities and access to new clients in support of our growth strategy, these acquisitions were not 
significant to our financial statements taken as a whole.   

The  Future  Customer.  –  In  January  2018,  we  acquired  TFC,  a  leading  boutique  loyalty  strategy  and  marketing 
company based in London, U.K.  The acquisition of TFC enhanced and extended the Company’s customer loyalty business 
to Europe. 

DMS Disaster Consultants – In August 2018, we acquired DMS, a disaster management and recovery firm based in 
Florida, to broaden our capabilities in support of assisting communities, businesses and individuals recover from man-made 
and nature disasters. DMS assists public sector clients with man-made and natural disaster planning and preparedness, and 
post-disaster  response  and  recovery  efforts  by  assisting  clients  in  obtaining  federal  funding  from  Federal  Emergency 
Management Agency (FEMA), insurance companies, and other sources. 

We Are Vista Limited – In October 2018, we acquired Vista, a communications company headquartered in Leeds, 
U.K., with an additional presence in London. Vista provides advisory services and solutions to clients in the financial, retail, 
automobile, and energy industries and broadens our capabilities in the region.  

Incentive  Technology  Group,  LLC  –  In  January  2020,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  ITG,  one  of  the  leading 
providers of cloud-based platform services to the federal government. ITG provides solutions through the adoption of next 
generation technologies for federal government agencies, many of which are among our long-standing clients. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Our discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements 
prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make 
certain estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses 
during the reporting period and our application of critical accounting policies, including: revenue recognition, impairment of 
goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes, and stock-based compensation. If any of these estimates or judgments 
prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  reported  results  could  be  materially  affected.  Actual  results  may  differ  significantly  from  our 
estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in 
the  accounting  practices  described  below  have  the  greatest  potential  impact  on  our  financial  statements  and,  therefore, 
consider them to be critical accounting policies. Significant accounting policies, including the critical accounting policies 
listed below, are more fully described and discussed in “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

34 

  
  
  
  
 
 
Revenue Recognition 

We periodically evaluate our critical accounting policies and estimates based on changes in U.S. GAAP that may 
have an effect on our consolidated financial statements.  In May 2014, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 
2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606).  ASU  2014-09  provides  a  single  comprehensive  revenue 
recognition framework and supersedes existing revenue recognition guidance. Included in the new principles-based revenue 
recognition  model  are  changes  to  the  basis  for  determining  the  timing  for  revenue  recognition.  In  addition,  the  standard 
expands and improves revenue disclosures. 

We implemented ASU 2014-09 on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. This method requires 
that we apply the requirements of the new standard in the year of adoption to new contracts and those that were not completed 
as of the adoption date, but not retroactively restate prior years. Management evaluated those contracts not completed as of 
January 1, 2018 (the adoption date) and concluded that the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact 
on our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. Contract assets and contract liabilities were formerly reported as 
unbilled accounts receivable and deferred revenue, respectively. For further discussion see “Note 2 – Summary of Significant 
Accounting Policies – Revenue Recognition” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

Under the modified retrospective method, we were required to maintain dual reporting during the year of adoption in 
order to present revenue under both the previous and new accounting for contracts initiated on or after the date of adoption 
and for those contracts having remaining obligations as of the adoption date. Revenue timing differences between the two 
methods  resulted  primarily  from  contracts  with  performance  incentives.  Under  the  new  accounting,  we  have  included  in 
revenue the most likely amount of priced incentives earned as contract work was performed rather than, as under the old 
accounting, waiting to recognize revenue from incentives until specific quantitative goals were achieved, generally at the end 
of  each  contractually-stipulated  performance  assessment  period.  While  there  were  differences  in  the  amount  of  revenue 
recognized during each quarter of the year, the timing differences did not result in a material change to our annual revenue 
since most incentives have performance assessment periods which are aligned with our fiscal year.  

We primarily provide services and technology-based solutions for clients that operate in a variety of markets and the 
solutions  may  span  the  entire  program  life  cycle,  from  initial  research  and  analysis  to  the  design  and  implementation  of 
solutions. We enter into agreements with clients that create enforceable rights and obligations and for which it is probable 
that we will collect the consideration to which we will be entitled as services and solutions are transferred to the client. Except 
in certain narrowly defined situations, our agreements with our clients are written and revenue is generally not recognized on 
oral or implied arrangements. We recognize revenue based on the consideration specified in the applicable agreement and 
exclude from revenue amounts collected on behalf of third parties. Accordingly, sales and similar taxes which are collected 
for third parties are excluded from the transaction price. 

We  also  evaluate  whether  two  or  more  agreements  should  be  accounted  for  as  one  single  contract  and  whether 
combined or single agreements should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. For most contracts, the 
client requires that we perform a number of tasks in providing an integrated output and, hence, each of these contracts is 
tracked as having only one performance obligation. When contracts are separated into multiple performance obligations, we 
allocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of 
the  promised  services  underlying  each  performance  obligation.  We  generally  provide  customized  solutions  in  which  the 
pricing is based on specific negotiations with each client, and, in these cases, we use a cost-plus margin approach to estimate 
the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. It is common for our long-term contracts to contain award fees, 
incentive  fees  or  other  provisions  that  can  either  increase  or  decrease  the  transaction  price.  These  variable  amounts  are 
generally awarded at the completion of a prescribed performance assessment period based on the achievement of performance 
metrics,  program  milestones  or  cost  targets,  and  the  amount  awarded  may  be  subject  to  client  discretion.  Variable 
consideration is estimated based on the most likely amount.  Estimates of variable consideration will be constrained only to 
the extent that it is probable that significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. 

35 

 
 
We evaluate contractual arrangements to determine whether revenue should be recognized on a gross versus net basis. 
Our assessment is based on the nature of the promise to the client. In most cases, we agree to provide specified services to 
the client as a principal and revenue is recognized on a gross basis. In certain instances, we act as an agent and merely arrange 
for another party to provide services to the client and revenue is recognized on a net basis in reflection of the fact that we do 
not control the goods or services provided to the client by the other party. 

Long-term  contracts  typically  contain  billing  terms  that  provide  for  invoicing  monthly  or  upon  completion  of 
milestones and payment on a net 30-day basis. Exceptions to monthly billing terms are to ensure that we perform satisfactorily 
rather than representing a significant financing component. For cost-based contracts, our performance is evaluated during a 
contractually stipulated performance period and, while contract costs may be billed on a monthly basis, we are generally 
permitted to bill for incentive or award fees only after the completion of the performance assessment period, which may occur 
quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and after the client completes the performance assessment. Fixed-price contracts may 
provide for milestone billings based on the attainment of specific project objectives and, since they are tied to our project 
performance, these type of billing terms do not represent a significant financing component. Moreover, contracts may require 
retentions or hold backs that are paid at the end of the contract to ensure that we perform in accordance with requirements 
which  do  not  represent  our  providing  financing  to  our  clients  but  rather  are  a  means  to  ensure  that  we  meet  contract 
requirements.  We  do  not  assess  whether  a  contract  contains  a  significant  financing  component  if  we  expect,  at  contract 
inception, that the period between payment by the client and the transfer of promised services to the client will be one year 
or less. 

As a service provider, we generally recognize revenue over time as control is transferred to a client, based on the 
extent of progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation. The selection of the method used to measure progress 
requires judgment and, among other things, is dependent on the contract type selected by the client during contract negotiation 
and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided.  

When a performance obligation is billed using a time-and-materials contract type, we use the right to invoice practical 
expedient output progress measures to estimate revenue earned based on hours worked in contract performance at negotiated 
billing rates. Fixed-price level-of-effort contracts are substantially similar to time-and-materials contracts except that we are 
required to deliver a specified level of effort over a stated period of time. For these contracts, we estimate revenue earned 
using contract hours worked at negotiated bill rates as we deliver the contractually required workforce.  

For cost-based contracts, we recognize revenue as a single performance obligation based on contract costs incurred, 
as we become contractually entitled to reimbursement of the contract costs, plus a most likely estimate of award or incentive 
fees  earned  on  those  costs  even  though  final  determination  of  fees  earned  occurs  after  the  contractually-stipulated 
performance assessment period ends.  

For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, we use the ratio of actual costs 
incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input method) represents a reasonable measure of progress 
towards the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total revenue earned. This method 
provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of value to the client when we are satisfying a performance obligation that entails 
integration of tasks for a combined output, which requires us to coordinate the work of employees, subcontractors and delivery 
of other contract costs. Contract costs that are not reflective of our progress toward satisfying a performance obligation are 
not included in the calculation of the measure of progress. When this method is used, changes in estimated costs to complete 
these obligations result in adjustments to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis, which causes the effect of revised estimates 
for  prior  periods  to  be  recognized  in  the  current  period.  Changes  in  these  estimates  can  routinely  occur  over  contract 
performance for a variety of reasons, which include: changes in contract scope; changes in contract cost estimates due to 
unanticipated  cost  growth  or  reassessments  of  risks  impacting  costs;  changes  in  estimated  incentive  or  award  fees;  or 
performing better or worse than previously estimated.  

In  some  fixed  price  service  contracts,  we  perform  services  of  a  recurring  nature,  such  as  maintenance  and  other 
services of a “stand ready” nature. For these contracts, we have the right to consideration in an amount that corresponds 
directly with the value that the client has received. Therefore, we record revenue on a time-elapsed basis to reflect the transfer 
of control to the client throughout the contract.   

36 

 
 
Our  operating  cycle  for  long-term  contracts  may  be  greater  than  one  year  and  is  measured  by  the  average  time 
intervening between the inception and the completion of those contracts. Contract-related assets and liabilities, as highlighted 
below,  are  classified  as  current  assets  and  current  liabilities.  Significant  balance  sheet  accounts  related  to  the  revenue 
recognition cycle are as follows:  

Contract receivables, net – This account includes amounts billed or billable under contract terms. The amounts due 
are stated at their net realizable value. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the estimated 
amount of receivables that will not be collected. We consider a number of factors in our estimate of the allowance, 
including knowledge of a client’s financial condition, its historical collection experience, and other factors relevant 
to assessing the collectability of the receivables.  

Contract assets – This account includes unbilled amounts typically resulting from revenue recognized on long-term 
contracts when the amount of revenue recognized exceeds the amounts billed. It also includes contract retainages until 
we have met the contract-stipulated requirements for payment. Contract assets are reported in a net position on a 
contract by contract basis each period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations. 
On a contract by contract basis, amounts do not exceed their net realizable value. 

Contract liabilities – This account consists of advance payments received and billings in excess of revenue recognized 
on long-term contracts. Contact liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract by contract basis each period 
even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations.  

Revenue recognition entails the use of significant judgment, including, but not limited to, the following: evaluating 
agreements in terms of the number and nature of performance obligations; determining the appropriate method for measuring 
progress of the satisfaction of obligations; and preparing estimates in terms of the amount of progress that we have made. 
Most of our revenue is recognized over time and for many fixed-price contracts, in particular, we estimate the proportion of 
total revenue earned using the ratio of contract costs incurred to total estimated contract costs, which requires us to prepare 
estimates  as  work  progresses  of  contract  cost  left  to  be  incurred.  Moreover,  some  of  our  contracts  include  variable 
consideration, which requires us to estimate the most likely amounts that will be earned over the respective contractually 
stipulated  performance  assessment  periods.  For  these  obligations,  changes  in  estimates  result  in  cumulative  catch-up 
adjustments and may have a significant impact on earnings during a given period.    

Payments on cost-based contracts with the U.S. federal government are provisional payments subject to audit and 
adjustment. Indirect costs applied to government contracts are also subject to audit and adjustment and such audits have been 
finalized only through December 31, 2011. Contract revenue has been recorded in amounts that are expected to be realized 
on final audit and settlement of costs.  

We prepare client invoices in accordance with the terms of the applicable contract, and billing terms may not be 
directly related to the performance of services. Contract assets are invoiced based on the achievement of specific events as 
defined by each contract, including deliverables, timetables, and incurrence of certain costs. Contract assets are classified as 
a current asset. Advanced billings to clients in excess of revenue earned are recorded as contract liabilities until the revenue 
recognition criteria are met. Reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses are included in revenue with corresponding costs 
incurred by us included in the cost of revenue. We record revenue net of taxes collected from clients when the taxes are 
collected on behalf of the governmental authorities. 

We  may  proceed  with  work  based  on  client  direction  prior  to  the  completion  and  signing  of  formal  contract 
documents. We have a review process for approving any such work. Revenue associated with such work is recognized only 
when it can be reliably estimated, and realization is probable. We base our estimates on a variety of factors, including previous 
experiences with the client, communications with the client regarding funding status, and our knowledge of available funding 
for the contract. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The purchase price of an acquired business is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible 
assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values, with the excess recorded as goodwill. Goodwill 
represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired 
in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are reviewed 
annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are 
amortized over such lives and reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise. As of December 31, 2019, goodwill 
and intangibles assets were $719.9 million and $25.8 million, respectively. 

37 

 
For the purpose of performing the annual goodwill impairment review as of October 1, 2019, as our business is highly 
integrated  and  all  of  our  components have  similar  economic  characteristics,  we  have  concluded we  have one  aggregated 
reporting unit at a consolidated entity level. We assess goodwill at the reporting level.  For the goodwill impairment test, we 
opted to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the reporting unit's fair value is less than 
its  carrying  amount.  If,  after  completing  the  qualitative  assessment,  we  determine  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the 
estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying amount, we may conclude that no impairment exists. If we 
conclude otherwise, a goodwill impairment test must be performed, which includes a comparison of the fair value of the 
reporting unit to its carrying amount and recognizing, as an impairment loss, the difference of the estimated fair value of the 
reporting unit over its carrying amount. 

Our  qualitative  analysis  as  of  October  1,  2019  included  macroeconomic  and  industry  and  market-specific 
considerations, financial performance indicators and measurements, and other factors. Based on this qualitative assessment, 
we determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our one reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, and 
thus  the  impairment  test  was  not  required  to  be  performed.  Therefore,  based  on  management’s  review,  no  goodwill 
impairment charge was required as of October 1, 2019. Historically, we have not recorded any goodwill impairment charges. 

We  are  required  to  review  other  intangible  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances 

indicate that the carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable. 

Accounting for Income Taxes 

Our provisions for federal, state, and foreign income taxes are calculated from consolidated income based on current 
tax laws and any changes in tax rates from the rates used previously in determining the deferred tax assets and liabilities from 
temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and amounts on our tax returns.  

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences 
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are 
expected to be recovered or settled. We evaluate our ability to benefit from all deferred tax assets and establish valuation 
allowances for amounts we believe are not more likely than not to be realized.  

We use a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the income tax position taken 
to  evaluate  uncertain  tax  positions.  Uncertain  tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  are 
measured in order to determine the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements. Penalties, if probable and reasonably 
estimable, and interest expense related to uncertain tax positions are not recognized as a component of income tax expense 
but recorded separately in indirect expenses or interest expense, respectively.    

On December 20, 2017 the United States House of Representatives and the Senate passed the Tax Act which was 
signed into law on December 22, 2017 and was generally effective beginning January 1, 2018. We were impacted in several 
ways as a result of the Tax Act including, but not limited to, provisions which include a permanent reduction in the U.S. 
federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities that was required as 
a result of the tax rate change and the application of a mandatory one-time “transition tax” on unremitted earnings of certain 
foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred.  

We re-measured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in 
the future, which is now generally 26.3%.  We completed our analysis of the Tax Act and finalized our provisional estimates, 
which  affected  the  measurement  of  these  balances.  Pursuant  to  SEC  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  118  (“SAB  118”),  the 
provisional amount recorded related to the re-measurement of the deferred tax balances was adjusted during the year ended 
December  31,  2018  as  an  increase  in  the  provision  for  income  taxes,  including  adjustments  to  valuation  allowances,  of 
approximately $1.1 million. 

The one-time “transition tax” imposed by the Tax Act is based on our total post-1986 earnings and profits (“E&P”) 
which  we  had  previously  deferred  from  U.S.  income  taxation.  We  have  completed  the  calculation  of  the  total  post-1986 
foreign E&P and related foreign tax pools for these foreign subsidiaries.  Further, the transition tax is based in part on the 
amount  of  those  earnings  held  in  cash  and  other  specified  assets.  This  amount,  as  well  as  the  related  foreign  tax  credit 
utilization,  changed  as  we  finalized  our  calculation  of  post-1986  foreign  E&P  and  related  foreign  tax  pools  that  were 
previously  deferred  from  U.S.  federal  taxation  and  the  amounts  held  in  cash  or  other  specified  assets.  Similarly,  the 
cumulative foreign tax credit carryforward balance as of December 31, 2019 increased by approximately $1.0 million and 
the valuation allowance required increased by approximately $1.0 million.  No additional income taxes have been provided 
for on any remaining undistributed foreign earnings not subject to the transition tax. No additional deferred taxes have been 

38 

provided for the $2.7 million of favorable outside basis differences inherent in these foreign entities because these amounts 
continue to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations.   

The Tax Act subjects U.S. corporations to current tax on global intangible low-taxed income (or “GILTI”) earned by 
certain foreign subsidiaries.  The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740 No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, 
states  that  an  entity  can  make  an  accounting  policy  election  to  either  recognize  deferred  taxes  for  temporary  differences 
expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI resulting from those items in the 
year the tax is incurred. We elected in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 to recognize the resulting tax on GILTI as a period 
expense  in  the  period  the  tax  is  incurred,  with  no  material  effect  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  current 
provision for 2019 and 2018 includes no tax expense for GILTI.   

Stock-based Compensation 

The ICF International, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Omnibus Plan”) provides for the granting of 
stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares, performance 
units,  cash-based  awards,  and  other stock-based  awards  to  all  officers, key employees,  and non-employee directors.  The 
2018 Omnibus Plan replaced the previous 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). As of December 31, 2019, there 
were approximately 886,045 shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan.    

We utilize cash-settled RSUs (“CSRSUs”) which are settled only in cash payments. The cash payment is calculated 
by multiplying the number of CSRSUs vested by our closing stock price on the vesting date, subject to a maximum payment 
cap and a minimum payment floor. CSRSUs have no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan 
and have no impact on the calculated shares used in EPS calculations.   

We began granting awards of registered shares to our non-employee directors on an annual basis under the 2018 
Omnibus Plan in the third quarter of 2018. Previously, under the Prior Plan, we granted awards of unregistered shares to the 
directors under the Annual Equity Election program. Those awards were issued from treasury stock and had no impact on the 
shares available for grant under the Prior Plan. 

We recognized total compensation expense relating to stock-based compensation of $26.0 million, $19.6 million, and 
$17.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. We recognize stock-based compensation 
expense for stock options, restricted stock awards, and RSUs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which 
is generally the vesting period. We treat CSRSUs as liability-classified awards, and account for them at fair value based on 
the closing price of our stock at the balance sheet date. We recognize expense for performance-based share awards (“PSAs”), 
which are subject to a performance condition and a market condition, on a straight-line basis over the performance period. 
Non-employee director awards are expensed over the performance period.  

Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of these instruments and the estimated number 
of shares ultimately expected to vest. The calculation of the fair value of the awards requires certain inputs that are subjective 
and changes to the estimates used will cause the fair value of stock awards and related stock-based compensation expense to 
vary. The fair value of stock options, restricted stock awards, RSUs, PSAs and non-employee director awards is estimated 
based on the fair value of a share of common stock at the grant date. We have elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton option 
pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The fair value of a stock option award is affected by the price of 
our stock on the date of grant, as well as other assumptions used as inputs in the valuation model. These assumptions include 
the estimated volatility of the price of our stock over the term of the awards, the estimated period of time that we expect 
employees will hold stock options, and the risk-free interest rate. The fair value of PSAs is estimated using a Monte Carlo 
simulation model.  

We are required to adjust stock-based compensation expense for the effects of estimated forfeitures of awards over 
the  expense  recognition  period.  We  estimate  the  rate  of  future  forfeitures  based  on  factors  which  include  our  historical 
experience, but the amount of actual forfeitures may differ from current estimates particularly if the rate of future forfeitures 
is different from previous experience. In addition, the estimation of PSAs that will ultimately vest requires judgment in terms 
of estimates of future performance. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from estimated forfeitures and actual performance 
or  updated  performance  estimates  differ  from  current  estimates,  such  expense  amounts  are  recorded  as  a  cumulative 
adjustment in the period the estimates are revised. See “Note 15—Accounting for Stock-based Compensation” in the “Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further discussion. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

New accounting standards are discussed in “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to 

Consolidated Financial Statements.”  

39 

 
SELECTED KEY METRICS 

In order to evaluate operations, we track revenue by key metrics that provide useful information about the nature of 
our operations. Client markets provide insight into the breadth of our expertise. Client type is an indicator of the diversity of 
our client base. Revenue by contract mix provides insight in terms of the degree of performance risk that we have assumed. 
Significant variances in the key metrics tables that are provided below are discussed under the revenue section of the results 
of operations.  

Client markets 

The  following  table  shows  revenue  generated  from  client  markets  as  a  percent  of  total  revenue  for  the  periods 
indicated. For each client, we have attributed all revenue from that client to the market we consider to be the client’s primary 
market, even if a portion of that revenue relates to a different market. Certain minor revenue amounts reported in the prior 
years have been reclassified within key market categories based on our current view of the client’s primary market in order 
to increase comparability of the current year to prior years.  

Year ended 
December 31, 2019 

Year ended 
December 31, 2018 

Year ended 
December 31, 2017 

Dollars 

Percent 

   Dollars 

Percent 

   Dollars 

Percent 

Energy, environment, and infrastructure ...................  $ 
Health, education, and social programs ....................    
Safety and security ....................................................    
Consumer and financial .............................................    

665,185     
552,600     
120,078     
140,662     
Total .......................................................................  $  1,478,525     

45 %    $ 
37 %      
8 %      
10 %      

564,736     
535,578     
111,660     
125,999     
100 %    $  1,337,973     

42 %    $ 
40 %      
8 %      
10 %      

487,001     
518,675     
102,645     
120,841     
100 %    $  1,229,162     

40 % 
42 % 
8 % 
10 % 
100 % 

Our primary clients are the agencies and departments of the federal government and commercial clients. Most of our 
revenue is from contracts on which we are the prime contractor, which we believe provides us strong client relationships. In 
2019, 2018, and 2017, approximately 92%, 92%, and 91% of our revenue, respectively, was from prime contracts.  

Client type 

The table below shows our revenue by type of client as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated. Certain 
immaterial revenue amounts in the prior years have been reclassified due to minor adjustments and reclassification within 
client type. 

Year ended 
December 31, 2019 
Dollars 

   Percent   

Year ended 
December 31, 2018 
Dollars 

   Percent   

Year ended 
December 31, 2017 
Dollars 

   Percent   

U.S. federal government ..............................................  $ 
U.S. state and local government ..................................    
International government ............................................    
Government ..............................................................    
Commercial ..............................................................    
Total .........................................................................  $ 

561,022     
280,357     
122,307     
963,686     
514,839     
1,478,525     

38 %   
19 %   
8 %   
65 %   
35 %   
100 %   

$ 

$ 

546,050     
183,900     
122,186     
852,136     
485,837     
1,337,973     

41 %   
14 %   
9 %   
64 %   
36 %   
100 %   

$ 

$ 

550,794     
127,797     
91,318     
769,909     
459,253     
1,229,162     

45 % 
10 % 
7 % 
62 % 
38 % 
100 % 

Contract mix 

Contract mix varies from year to year due to numerous factors, including our business strategies and the procurement 
activities of our clients. Unless the context requires otherwise, we use the term “contracts” to refer to contracts and any task 
orders or delivery orders issued under a contract. There are three main types of contracts: time-and-materials contracts, fixed-
price  contracts,  and  cost-based  contracts.  For  a  detailed  discussion  of  contract  types,  see  ”Critical  Accounting  Policies  - 
Revenue Recognition” above.  

40 

  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table shows the approximate percentage of our revenue for each of these types of contracts for the 
periods indicated. Certain immaterial revenue amounts in the prior years have been reclassified due to minor adjustments and 
reclassification within contract type. 

Year ended 
December 31, 2019 

Year ended 
December 31, 2018 

Year ended 
December 31, 2017 

Dollars 

Percent 

   Dollars 

Percent 

   Dollars 

Percent 

Time-and-materials ....................................................  $ 
Fixed-price .................................................................    
Cost-based .................................................................    

703,467     
562,985     
212,073     
Total .......................................................................  $  1,478,525     

48 %    $ 
38 %      
14 %      

581,446     
526,751     
229,776     
100 %    $  1,337,973     

44 %    $ 
39 %      
17 %      

529,606     
480,584     
218,972     
100 %    $  1,229,162     

43 % 
39 % 
18 % 
100 % 

Payments to us on cost-based contracts with the federal government are provisional payments subject to adjustment 
upon audit by the government. Such audits have been finalized through December 31, 2011, and any adjustments have been 
immaterial. Contract revenue for subsequent periods has been recorded in amounts that are expected to be realized on final 
audit and settlement of costs in those years.   

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table sets forth certain items from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income, expresses 

these items as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated and the period-over-period rate of change in each of them. 

Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 
(dollars in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 

Year to Year Change 

Revenue ...........................................................  
Direct Costs .....................................................  
Operating Costs and Expenses 
Indirect and selling expenses ............................  
Depreciation and amortization .........................  
Amortization of intangible assets .....................  
Total Operating Costs and Expenses ............  
Operating Income ...........................................  
Interest expense ................................................  
Other (expense) income ....................................  
Income Before Income Taxes ........................  
Provision for Income Taxes ...........................  
Net Income ......................................................  

2019 

  $ 1,478,525   
953,187   

395,763   
20,099   
8,083   
423,945   
101,393   
(10,719 ) 
(501 ) 
90,173   
21,235   
68,938   

  $ 

2018 
Dollars 
  $ 1,337,973   
     857,508   

     360,987   
17,163   
10,043   
     388,193   
92,272   
(8,710 ) 
(735 ) 
82,827   
21,427   
61,400   

  $ 

2017 

        2019    

  $ 1,229,162            100.0 % 
     771,725            64.5 % 

   2018    
Percentages 
     100.0 % 
     64.1 % 

   2017    

2018 to 2019 

2017 to 2018 

     Dollars    
     100.0 %       $  140,552   
95,679   
     62.8 %         

   Percent    

     Dollars    
10.5 %       $ 108,811   
11.2 %          85,783   

17,691           
10,888           

     346,440            26.8 % 
1.4 % 
0.5 % 
     375,019            28.7 % 
6.9 % 
(0.7 )% 

82,418           
(8,553 )         

121            —   

73,986           
11,110           
62,876           

6.2 % 
1.4 % 
4.7 % 

  $ 

     27.0 % 
1.3 % 
0.8 % 
     29.1 % 
6.9 % 
(0.7 )% 
(0.1 )% 
6.1 % 
1.6 % 
4.6 % 

     28.2 %         
1.4 %         
0.8 %         
     30.4 %         
6.7 %         
(0.7 )%        

     —   

6.0 %         
0.9 %         
5.1 %       $ 

34,776   
2,936   
(1,960 ) 
35,752   
9,121   
(2,009 ) 
234   
7,346   
(192 ) 
7,538   

17.1 %         
(19.5 )%        

9.6 %          14,547   
(528 ) 
(845 ) 
9.2 %          13,174   
9,854   
9.9 %         
(157 ) 
23.1 %         
(31.8 )%        
(856 ) 
8,841   
8.9 %         
(0.9 )%         10,317   
12.3 %       $  (1,476 ) 

   Percent    

8.9 % 
11.1 % 

4.2 % 
(3.0 )% 
(7.8 )% 
3.5 % 
12.0 % 
1.8 % 
(707.4 )% 
11.9 % 
92.9 % 
(2.3 )% 

Year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December 31, 2018 

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019, was $1,478.5 million, compared to $1,338.0 million for 
the  year  ended  December 31,  2018,  representing  an  increase  of  $140.6  million  or  10.5%.  The  increase  in  revenue  was 
attributable to an increase in governmental revenue of $111.5 million or 13.1% and an increase in commercial revenue of 
$29.0 million or 6.0%.  The growth  in  governmental  revenue  by  client markets  was  driven  by  increases  in revenue  from 
energy,  environment,  and  infrastructure,  health,  education,  and  social  program  clients  and  safety  and  security  clients 
compared to the prior year.  The changes in government revenue by client type were driven by the increase in state and local 
government revenue, from our disaster recovery clients, an increase in federal government revenue, and flat international 
government revenue.  The  increase  in our  commercial  revenue  by  client  market  was driven  by  increases  in  revenue  from 
consumer and financial clients, energy, environments and infrastructure clients, and health, education, and social program 
clients, partially offset by a decrease in safety and security clients compared to the prior year. As a result of the larger growth 
in government revenues compared to the growth in commercial revenues, the governmental and commercial revenues as a 
percent of total revenue were 65% and 35% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with 64% and 36% for the prior 
year. 

41 

  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
            
    
    
    
    
    
       
    
    
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
Direct costs. Direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2019, were $953.2 million compared to $857.5 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $95.7 million or 11.2%. The increase in direct costs year-over-year was 
attributable to an increase in subcontractor and other direct costs of $63.5 million and an increase in direct labor and related 
fringe costs of $32.2 million. Direct costs as a percent of revenue increased 0.4% to 64.5% for the year ended December 31, 
2019, compared to 64.1% for the prior year.  The increase in both subcontractor and other direct costs and direct labor and 
related fringe costs is primarily due to an increase in revenue. As we have been successful in winning larger contracts, our 
own labor services as a percent of direct costs has generally decreased because large contracts typically are broader in scope 
and  require  more  diverse  capabilities,  resulting  in  more  subcontracted  effort  and  additional  direct  costs.  The  increase  in 
subcontractor and other direct costs was also due to a change in the mix of our services and other direct costs and an increased 
need for other direct costs to fulfill contract requirements.  

Indirect and selling expenses. Indirect and selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019, were $395.8 
million compared to $361.0 million for the prior year, an increase of $34.8 million or 9.6%. The increase was driven primarily 
by increased indirect labor and fringe costs to support revenue growth, increased costs to invest in our internal infrastructure 
and processes, increased professional fees associated with our acquisition activity, an increase in facilities costs due to our 
continued growth, and the impairment of intangible assets, partially offset by a reduction in bad debt expense due to a change 
in  our  estimate  of  the  collectability  of  amounts  due  from  a  client  that  recently  filed  for  bankruptcy.  Indirect  and  selling 
expenses as a percent of revenue decreased to 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 27.0% for the year 
ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in indirect and selling expenses as a percent of revenue is due to our leveraging our 
indirect  and  selling  expenses  and  having  a  lower  increase  in  indirect  and  selling  expenses  compared  to  the  increase  in 
revenues. 

Indirect and selling expenses generally include our management, facilities, and infrastructure costs for all employees 
and  the  salaries  and  wages  related  to  indirect  activities,  including  stock-based  and  cash-based  incentive  compensation 
provided  to  employees  whose  compensation  and  other  benefit  costs  are  included  in  indirect  and  selling  expenses,  plus 
associated fringe benefits not directly related to client engagements. 

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 
2019, compared to $17.2 million for the prior year, an increase of $2.9 million or 17.1%. The increase in depreciation and 
amortization is the result of increased depreciation in investments in infrastructure costs made by us over the last few years 
and accelerated depreciation of leasehold improvements on leases that terminated during the year.  

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $8.1 
million  compared  to  $10.0  million  for  the  prior  year.  The  $1.9  million  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  reduced  levels  of 
intangible asset amortization associated with prior acquisitions, partially offset by an increase in amortization from recent 
acquisitions. 

Operating income. For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating income was $101.4 million compared to $92.3 
million  for  the  prior  year,  an  increase  of  $9.1  million  or  9.9%.  The  increase  in  operating  income  was  largely  due  to  the 
increase in gross profits of $44.8 million and the decrease in amortization of intangible assets of $1.9 million, offset by higher 
indirect  and  selling  expenses  of  $34.8  million  and  an  increase  in  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  of  $2.9  million. 
Operating income as a percent of revenue was 6.9% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 6.9% for the prior 
year. The consistent measure of operating income as a percent of revenue is due to the increase in revenue and the leveraging 
of our indirect and selling expenses and amortization of intangibles, partially offset by the increase in our direct costs and 
depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue. 

Interest  expense.  For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019,  interest  expense  was  $10.7  million,  compared  to  $8.7 
million for the prior year, an increase of  $2.0 million or 23.1%. The higher interest expense was due to higher weighted 
average debt balances and higher average interest rates for the period ended December 31, 2019 compared to the period ended 
December 31, 2018. 

Other (expense) income. For the year ended December 31, 2019, other expense was $0.5 million compared to other 
expense of $0.7 million for the prior year. The change was primarily due to a gain in the value of foreign currency swaps and 
unrealized and realized foreign currency gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the change in 
the  value  of  foreign  currency  swaps  and  unrealized  and  realized  foreign  currency  gains  and  losses  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2018. 

42 

 
 
Provision for income taxes. The effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 
2018, was 23.6% and 25.9%, respectively. Our effective tax rate, including state and foreign taxes net of federal benefit for 
the year ended December 31, 2019, was lower than the statutory tax rate for the year primarily due to tax benefits for stock-
based compensation, permanently non-taxable income and state tax credits partially offset by the establishment of a valuation 
allowance  on  certain  deferred  tax  assets,  permanent  differences  related  to  compensation  costs  and  other  expenses  not 
deductible for tax purposes.  

We account for the expected impact of discrete tax items once we determine that they are both reasonably quantified 
and we are confident they will be realized due to the associated event occurring (such as the filing of an amended tax return, 
enactment of tax legislation, or the closure of an audit examination). 

NON-GAAP MEASURES 

These following tables provide reconciliations of financial measures that are not U.S. GAAP (“non-GAAP”) to the 
most applicable U.S. GAAP measures. While we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures may be useful in evaluating 
our financial information, they should be considered supplemental in nature and not as a substitute for financial information 
prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other companies may define similarly titled non-GAAP measures differently and, 
accordingly, care should be exercised in understanding how we define these measures. 

Service Revenue   

Service revenue represents revenue less subcontractor and other direct costs (which include third-party materials and 
travel expenses). Service revenue is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to 
revenue as a measure of operating performance. This presentation of service revenue may not be comparable to other similarly 
titled  measures  used  by  other  companies  because  other  companies  may  use  different  methods  to  prepare  similarly  titled 
measures. We believe service revenue is a useful measure to investors since, as a consulting firm, a key source of our profit 
is revenue obtained from the services that we provide to our clients through our employees.   

The table below presents a reconciliation of revenue to service revenue for the periods indicated: 

Revenue ....................................................................................................     $  1,478,525      $  1,337,973      $  1,229,162   
(344,913 ) 
(475,717 )      
Subcontractor and other direct costs .........................................................       
884,249   
Service revenue ........................................................................................     $  1,002,808      $ 

(412,216 )      
925,757      $ 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 

Earnings before interest and other income and/or expense, tax, and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is a 
measure we use to evaluate operating performance. We believe EBITDA is useful in assessing ongoing trends and, as a result, 
may provide greater visibility in understanding our operations.  

Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA further adjusted to eliminate the impact of certain items that we do not consider to be 
indicative of the performance of our ongoing operations. We evaluate these adjustments on an individual basis based on both 
the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the item, including their size and nature, as well as whether or not we expect them 
to occur as part of our normal business on a regular basis. We believe that the adjustments applied in calculating adjusted 
EBITDA are reasonable and appropriate to provide additional information to investors.  

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP and should not be used as alternatives 
to  net  income as  a  measure  of operating  performance.  This  presentation  of  EBITDA  and Adjusted EBITDA  may not be 
comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies because other companies may use different methods 
to prepare similarly titled measures. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for 
management’s discretionary use as these measures do not include certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax 
payments, capital expenditures and debt service.  

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
 
 
A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA follows: 

Year ended December 31, 

2019 

      2018 

      2017 

Net income ....................................................................................................................     $  68,938      $  61,400      $  62,876   
(121 ) 
Other expense (income).................................................................................................       
501        
8,553   
Interest expense .............................................................................................................        10,719        
Provision for income taxes ............................................................................................        21,235         21,427         11,110   
Depreciation and amortization ......................................................................................        28,182         27,206         28,579   
EBITDA ........................................................................................................................        129,575        119,478         110,997   
Adjustment related to impairment of intangible assets (1) .....................................................       
—   
239   
Special charges related to acquisitions (2) ...................................................................................       
Special charges related to severance for staff realignment (3) ...............................................       
1,583   
Special charges related to facilities consolidations, and office closures, and our 

1,728        
1,771        
1,774        

—        
1,361        
1,554        

735        
8,710        

future corporate headquarters (4) ............................................................................................  
Special charges due to additional cash bonus expense (5) ......................................................       
Adjustments related to bad debt reserve (6) ................................................................................       
Total special charges and adjustments .....................................................................       

2,060   
3,000   
—   
6,882   
Adjusted EBITDA .........................................................................................................     $ 134,783      $ 123,748      $ 117,879   

717        
—        
(782 )      
5,208        

115        
—        
1,240        
4,270        

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

Adjustment related to impairment of intangible assets: We recognized impairment expense of $1.7 million in the second quarter of 2019 related to 
intangible assets associated with a historical business acquisition. 
Special charges related to acquisitions: These costs consist primarily of consultants and other outside party costs, and an adjustment to the contingent 
consideration liability from a previous acquisition. 
Special charges related to severance for staff realignment: These costs are due to involuntary employee termination benefits for Company officers 
or groups of employees who have been terminated as part of a consolidation or reorganization.   
Special charges related to facilities consolidations, office closures, and our future corporate headquarters: These costs are exit costs associated with 
terminated leases or full office closures.  The exit costs include charges incurred under a contractual obligation that existed as of the date of the 
accrual and for which we will continue to pay until the contractual obligation is satisfied but with no economic benefit to us.  Additionally, we 
incurred one-time charges with respect to the execution of a new lease agreement for our corporate headquarters. 
Special charges due to additional cash bonus expense: In response to the Tax Act, we increased the portion of bonuses that will be paid in cash, 
which increased the amount that can be deducted for income tax purposes for 2017.   
Adjustments related to bad debt reserve: During 2018, we established a bad debt reserve for amounts due from a utility client that had filed for 
bankruptcy and included the reserve as an adjustment due to its relative size. The adjustment in 2019 reflects a favorable revision of our prior 
estimate of collectability based on a third party acquiring the receivables. 

Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings per Share 

Non-GAAP  diluted  EPS  represents  diluted  EPS  excluding  the  impact  of  certain  items  such  as  impairment  of 
intangible assets, acquisition expenses, severance for staff realignment, facility consolidations and office closures, and certain 
adjustments to the bad debt reserve (which are also excluded from Adjusted EBITDA, as described further above), as well as 
the impact of amortization of intangible assets related to our acquisitions and income tax effects. While these adjustments 
may be recurring and not infrequent or unusual, we do not consider these adjustments to be indicative of the performance of 
our ongoing operations. Non-GAAP diluted EPS is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP and is not an alternative to basic 
or diluted EPS as a measure of performance. This presentation of non-GAAP diluted EPS may not be comparable to other 
similarly titled measures used by other companies because other companies may use different methods to prepare similarly 
titled measures. We believe that the supplemental adjustments applied in calculating non-GAAP diluted EPS are reasonable 
and appropriate to provide additional information to investors. 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table presents a reconciliation of diluted EPS to non-GAAP diluted EPS for the periods indicated:  

Year ended December 31, 

2019 

      2018 

      2017 

Diluted EPS ...................................................................................................................     $ 
Adjustment related to impairment of intangible assets ..................................................       
Special charges related to acquisitions ..........................................................................       
Special charges related to severance for staff realignment ............................................       
Special charges related to facilities consolidations and office closures, and our future 
corporate headquarters .............................................................................................  
Special charges due to additional cash bonus expense ..................................................       
Adjustments related to bad debt reserve ........................................................................       
Amortization of intangibles ...........................................................................................       
Income tax effects on amortization, special charges, and adjustments ..........................       
Adjustments for changes in the tax rate under new Tax Act .........................................       
Non-GAAP EPS ............................................................................................................     $ 

3.59      $ 
0.09        
0.10        
0.09        

3.18      $ 
—        
0.07        
0.08        

0.08        
—        
(0.04 )      
0.42        
(0.18 )      
—        
4.15      $ 

0.01        
—        
0.06        
0.52        
(0.19 )      
—        
3.73      $ 

3.27   
—   
0.01   
0.08   

0.12   
0.16   
—   
0.57   
(0.35 ) 
(0.84 ) 
3.02   

(1) 

Income tax effects were calculated using an effective U.S. GAAP tax rate of 23.6%, 25.9% and 15.0% (or 37.0% effective tax rate for the period 
prior to any adjustments for the new Tax Act) for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Liquidity and Borrowing Capacity. Short-term liquidity requirements are created by our use of funds for working 
capital,  capital  expenditures,  and  the  need  to  provide  any  debt  service.  We  expect  to  meet  these  requirements  through  a 
combination of cash flow from operations and borrowings. Our primary source of borrowings is from our Fifth Amended and 
Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement with a syndicate of 11 commercial banks (the “Credit Facility”), as described 
in “Note 9—Long-Term Debt” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” We believe that the combination of 
internally  generated  funds,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  on  hand  and  available  bank  borrowings  will  provide  the  required 
liquidity and capital resources necessary to fund on-going operations, capital expenditures and acquisitions, quarterly cash 
dividends and organic growth. Additionally, we continuously analyze our capital structure to ensure we have sufficient capital 
to fund future significant, strategic acquisitions. We monitor the state of the financial markets on a regular basis to assess the 
availability and cost of additional capital resources. We believe that we will be able to access these markets at commercially 
reasonable terms and conditions if we need additional borrowings or capital. In January 2020, the Company borrowed on the 
Credit Facility to provide the initial financing of our $255 million acquisition of ITG. 

During the year we drew upon our Credit Facility due to temporary declines in our cash flows from operations. The 
decline  in  cash  flow  from  operations  had  been  primarily  driven  by  the  extended  timing  of  client  billings  and  collections 
associated with a contract for which we support disaster relief and rebuilding efforts. Due to factors such as the overall stress 
of such situations, political complexities and challenges among involved government agencies, the timing of cash flow from 
such operations is more uncertain than others. Moreover, the billing processes for such contracts have complex reporting 
requirements and the funding processes have been slow to distribute funds once billed. Management continues to address the 
cash flows from the disaster relief and rebuild effort to bring the collections to a more current basis and reduce our need to 
draw upon our Credit Facility to fund operations. 

Financial Condition. There were several changes in our balance sheet during the year ended December 31, 2019 
compared to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. Cash and cash equivalents decreased to $6.5 million on December 
31, 2019, from $11.7 million on December 31, 2018. Restricted cash (current and non-current) decreased $1.3 million. These 
changes are further discussed in “Cash Flow” below.  

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Contract receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, increased to $261.2 million compared to $231.0 million 
on December 31, 2018 primarily due to extended timing of billings and collections associated with a contract for which we 
support disaster relief and rebuilding efforts. Contract receivables are a significant component of our working capital and 
generally increase due to revenue growth and may be favorably or unfavorably impacted by our collection efforts, including 
timing from new contract startups, and other short-term fluctuations related to the payment practices of our clients. Contract 
assets and contract liabilities, on a contract by contract basis, represent revenue in excess of billings, and billings in excess 
of revenue, respectively, both of which generally arise from revenue timing and contractually stipulated billing schedules or 
billing complexity. At December 31, 2019, contract assets and contract liabilities were $142.3 million and $37.4 million, 
respectively, compared to $126.7 million and $33.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018.  

We evaluate our collections efforts using the days-sales-outstanding ratio, or DSO, which we calculate by dividing 
total accounts receivable (contract receivables, net and contract assets, less contract liabilities) by revenue per day for the 
three months ended December 31, 2019. Days-sales-outstanding increased to 83 days compared to 77 days during the prior 
year  primarily  due  to  timing  differences  in  client  billings  and  collections  driven  largely  by  disaster  relief  and  rebuilding 
efforts, which have complex reporting and billing requirements and have been slow to pay our invoices. The DSO, excluding 
disaster relief and rebuilding efforts, was 71 days for the year ended December 31, 2019, same as 71 days for the year ended 
December 31, 2018.  

Property and equipment, net of depreciation and amortization, increased due to capital expenditures primarily related 

to increases in leasehold improvements, capitalized software, and computer equipment as we invest in our infrastructure.  

Goodwill, as discussed in “Note 5—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements”,  increased  due  to  an  immaterial  correction  of  an  error  from  a  prior  acquisition,  settlement  of  contingent  or 
extended commitments under certain purchase agreements, and the impact of foreign currency translation. The goodwill and 
other intangible assets and related amortization of other intangible assets are expected to increase with our recent acquisition 
of ITG. 

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company implemented ASU 2016-02 (as defined and described in “Note 2 – Summary 
of Significant Accounting Policies – Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted – Leases”). The standard, among other 
changes, requires lessees to recognize, for all leases with terms of greater than one year, an operating lease right-of-use asset 
and a corresponding operating lease liability (current and non-current), which depicts the rights and obligations arising from 
an operating lease agreement. As a result, the Company has reflected an operating lease right-of-use asset totaling $134.0 
million  related  to  its  operating  leases  and  $32.5  million  and  $119.3  million  of  current  and  non-current  operating  lease 
liabilities as of December 31, 2019, respectively. The adoption of the new standard is discussed in “Note 2—Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies – Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted – Leases ” in the “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements.”  

Total current liabilities, exclusive of the current portion of operating lease liabilities and contract liabilities (both of 
which are discussed above), consists of: accounts payable, accrued salaries and benefits, accrued subcontractors and other 
direct costs and accrued expenses and other current liabilities.  These operating liabilities were $268.1 million at December 
31, 2019, an increase of $23.5 million from $244.6 million at December 31, 2018. The net increase in these liabilities was 
due primarily to timing of payments during 2019. 

Long-term debt  decreased  to $165.4  million  on December  31,  2019 from  $200.4  million on  December 31,  2018, 
primarily due to net payments on our Credit Facility of $35.0. The average debt balance on the Credit Facility for the years 
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $268.6 million and $237.0 million, respectively. The average interest rate on the 
Credit Facility, excluding any fees and unamortized debt issuance costs, for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was 
3.6% and 3.3%, respectively. We generally utilize cash flow from operations as our primary source of funding and turn to 
our Credit Facility to fund any temporary fluctuations such as increases in contract receivables, reductions in accounts payable 
and accrued expenses, purchase of treasury stock, payment of declared dividends, additional capital expenditures, and to meet 
funding requirements for new acquisitions. In January 2020, the Company borrowed on the Credit Facility to provide the 
initial financing of our $255 million acquisition of ITG. 

46 

 
 
On August 8, 2018, we entered into two floating-to-fixed interest rate hedging agreements for an aggregate notional 
amount of $75.0 million to hedge a portion of our Credit Facility to help manage the risk related to interest rate volatility and 
designated the swap as a cash flow hedge. The cash flows from the hedges began on August 31, 2018 and the swap matures 
August 31, 2023. These hedging agreements add to the agreement that we had entered into in 2017. At December 31, 2019, 
the  aggregate  notional  amount  hedged  totaled  $100.0  million,  excluding  the  hedge  sold  on  December  1,  2016,  and  were 
valued  at  an  unrealized  loss  of  $3.8  million,  before  tax,  and  are  included  in  other  liabilities  and  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss. See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements.” 

On February 20, 2020, the Company entered into a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement (the “Swap”) for a 
notional  amount  of  $100.0  million  in  order  to  hedge  a  portion  of  the  Company’s  floating  rate  Credit  Facility  (which  is 
discussed in Note 11 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.) Similar to the previous swap agreements that the 
Company has entered into, this Swap is intended to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates. The Swaps provide a fixed rate 
of 1.2940% per annum on the notional amount. The cash flows from the Swap began February 28, 2020 and end on February 
28, 2025. 

The decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $0.4 million was driven by $3.2 million of comprehensive 
income from the change in the value of certain foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar (primarily the British Pound, 
Euro and Canadian dollar), offset by a comprehensive loss from a change of $2.2 million in the fair value of the interest rate 
hedging  instruments  as  described  above.  See  “Note  13—Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Loss”  in  the  “Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

We have explored various options of mitigating the risk associated with potential fluctuations in the foreign currencies 
in which we conduct transactions. We currently have hedges in an amount proportionate to work anticipated to be performed 
under certain contracts in Europe. We recognize changes in the fair-value of the hedges in our results of operations. We may 
increase the number, size and scope of our hedges as we analyze options for mitigating our foreign exchange and interest rate 
risk. The current impact of the foreign currency hedges to the consolidated financial statements is immaterial.  

Share Repurchase Program. In September 2017 the board of directors approved a share repurchase program that 
authorizes share repurchases in the aggregate up to $100.0 million. Our total repurchases are also limited by the Credit Facility 
as described in “Note 18—Share Repurchase Program” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”.  Our overall 
repurchase limit is the lower of the amount imposed by our board of directors and by the Credit Facility.  Purchases under 
the repurchase program may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices in open market purchases or in privately 
negotiated transactions pursuant to Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Exchange Act”), and in accordance with applicable insider trading and other securities laws and regulations. The purchases 
will be funded from existing cash balances and/or borrowings, and the repurchased shares will be held in treasury and used 
for general corporate purposes. The timing and extent to which we repurchase our shares will depend upon market conditions 
and other corporate considerations, as may be considered in our sole discretion. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 
we repurchased 248,000 shares under this program at an average price of $72.79 per share. As of December 31, 2019, $68.0 
million remained available for share repurchases under the share repurchase program.  

Dividends.  Cash dividends declared in 2019 were as follows: 

Dividend Declaration Date 

February 26, 2019 .................................................     $ 
May 2, 2019 ..........................................................     $ 
August 1, 2019 ......................................................     $ 
November 6, 2019 .................................................     $ 

   Dividend Per Share     
0.14     
0.14     
0.14      September 13, 2019     October 15, 2019 
January 14, 2020 
0.14      December 13, 2019    

Record Date 
March 29, 2019 
June 14, 2019 

Payment Date 
April 16, 2019 
July 16, 2019 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Cash Flows. We consider cash on deposit and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months 
or less when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents. The following table sets forth our sources and uses of cash for the 
following years.  

(in thousands) 
Net cash provided by operating activities ....................................................    $ 
Net cash used in investing activities ............................................................      
Net cash used in financing activities ...........................................................      
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .....................................................      
(Decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash ...............    $ 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

91,440      $ 
(30,470 )      
(67,640 )      
166        
(6,504 )    $ 

74,670      $ 
(56,387 )      
(28,771 )      
(792 )      
(11,280 )    $ 

117,191   
(14,604 ) 
(87,300 ) 
1,094   
16,381   

Our operating cash flows are primarily affected by the overall profitability of our contracts, our ability to invoice and 
collect  from  our  clients  in  a  timely  manner,  and  the  timing  of  vendor  and  subcontractor  payments  in  accordance  with 
negotiated payment terms. We bill most of our clients on a monthly basis after services are rendered. 

Operating activities provided $91.4 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to cash provided 
by  operating  activities  of  $74.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018.  The  increase  in  cash  flows  provided  by 
operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year was primarily due to the improvement in net 
income, a slower growth rate in the contract receivables and net contract assets and liabilities, and continued increase in the 
use of equity compensation, partially offset by the use of cash to decrease our operating liabilities. While the growth rate of 
our contract receivables has declined, we still experienced an increase in contract receivables primarily due to the slower 
collection from our disaster relief and rebuild client, as evidenced by the increase in DSO from 77 days for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 to 83 days for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in our operating liabilities is a result of 
our timing of payments through the fourth quarter of 2019. 

Investing activities used cash of $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $56.4 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2018. Our cash flows used in investing activities consists primarily of capital expenditures and 
acquisitions.  The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 included $26.9 million for capital 
expenditures and acquisitions of $3.6 million.  The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 
included business acquisitions cost of $34.6 million and $21.8 million of capital expenditures.  

Our cash flows used in financing activities consists primarily of debt and equity transactions. For the year ended 
2019, cash flows used in financing activities were primarily due to net payments on our Credit Facility of $35.0 million, 
dividends paid of $10.5 million, and share repurchases under our share repurchase plan and shares purchased from employees 
to pay required withholding taxes related to settlement of restricted stock units of $23.4 million. For the year ended 2018, 
cash flows used in financing activities were primarily due to net payments on our Credit Facility of $5.8 million, dividends 
paid of $7.9 million, and share repurchases under our share repurchase plan and shares purchased from employees to pay 
required withholding taxes related to settlement of restricted stock units of $17.1 million.  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

Contractual Obligations 

We had nine outstanding letters of credit provided for under our Credit Facility with a total value of $3.0 million, 

primarily related to deposits to support our facility leases. 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 that require us to make future 
cash payments. Our summary of contractual obligations includes payments that we have an unconditional obligation to make. 

(in thousands) 
Long-term debt obligation (1) .............     $ 
Operating lease obligations (2) ..........       
Other obligations related to 

acquisitions ................................  
Total ............................................     $ 

      Less than 

Total 

1 year 

Payments due by Period 
3 to 5 
1 to 3 
years 
years 

      More than 

5 years 

178,834      $ 
322,657        

5,642      $ 
38,214        

173,192      $ 
73,226        

—      $ 
37,758        

—   
173,459   

3,923        
505,414      $ 

2,703        
46,559      $ 

1,220        
247,638      $ 

—        
37,758      $ 

—   
173,459   

(1) 

(2) 

Represents the obligation for principal and variable interest payments related to the Credit Facility assuming the principal amount outstanding and 
interest rates at December 31, 2019 remain fixed through maturity. These assumptions are subject to change in future periods. 
Operating lease obligations include leases of facilities and equipment. See “Note 6—Leases” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 
The operating lease obligations includes the contractual obligations related to our new HQ lease in Reston, Virginia. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We  are  exposed  to  certain  financial  market  risks,  the  most  predominant  being  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  for 

borrowings under the Credit Facility and foreign exchange rate risk. 

We monitor interest rate fluctuations and outlook as an integral part of our overall risk management program, which 
recognizes the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce potentially adverse effects of higher interest rates on 
our results of operations. As part of this strategy, we may use interest rate swap arrangements to hedge all or a portion of our 
interest rate risk by securing hedges that effectively convert our variable rate debt to fixed rate debt. We do not use such 
instruments for speculative or trading purposes. Our exposure to market risk includes changes in interest rates for borrowings 
under the Credit Facility. These borrowings accrue interest at variable rates. Based on our borrowings under this facility and 
amount of hedging in 2019, a 1% increase in interest rates would have increased interest expense by approximately $2.7 
million, and would have decreased our annual net income and operating cash flows by a comparable amount. At December 
31, 2019, we have three interest rate swap agreements with a total aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million to hedge 
against changes in interest rates and offset potential increases in interest expense.  See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and 
Hedging Activities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

As a result of conducting business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, we are subject to market risk with respect 
to adverse fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In general, our currency risk is mitigated largely by matching costs with 
revenues in a given currency. However, our exposure to fluctuations in other currencies against the U.S. dollar increases as a 
greater portion of our revenue is generated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We currently have hedges in place to 
mitigate our foreign exchange risk related to our operations in Europe; however, given the amount of business conducted in 
Europe, there is some risk that revenue and profits will be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We use a 
sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of movement in foreign currency exchange rates on revenue. During the year ended 
December 31, 2019, 7.9% of our revenue was generated from our international operations based on the location to which a 
contract was awarded. As a result, a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against all currencies would 
have an estimated impact on revenue of approximately 1.3%, or $17.7 million. Actual gains and losses in the future could 
differ materially from this analysis based on the timing and amount of both foreign currency exchange rate movements and 
our actual exposure. As of December 31, 2019, we held approximately $7.1 million in cash in foreign bank accounts to be 
utilized on behalf of our foreign subsidiaries, thereby partially mitigating foreign currency conversion risks. 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The consolidated financial statements of ICF International, Inc. and subsidiaries are provided in Part IV in this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

49 

  
  
    
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation  of  Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures.  Based  on  an  evaluation  under  the  supervision  and  with  the 
participation of the Company’s management, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded 
that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, 
were effective as of December 31, 2019 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports 
that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods 
specified in the SEC rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its 
principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure. 

Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  The  Company’s  management  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework 
issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Based  on  the  assessment, 
management  has  concluded  that  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of  December 31,  2019.  The 
Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, has issued an audit report on the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting, which appears on page F-2 of this Form 10-K.  

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting, and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. 
GAAP. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the 
Company’s  assets;  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; (iii) that the Company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only 
in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  the  Company’s  management  and  directors;  and  (iv)  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could 
have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no material changes in our internal control 

over financial reporting during the last quarter of 2019, which were identified in connection with management’s evaluation 
required by paragraph (d) of Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, that have materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Inherent  Limitations Over  Internal  Controls. A  control system,  no matter  how well designed  and operated,  can 
provide only reasonable (not absolute) assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a 
control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative 
to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute 
assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Because of the inherent limitations in any 
control  system,  misstatements  due  to  error  or  fraud  may  occur  and  may  not  be  detected.  Also,  any  evaluations  of  the 
effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

Not applicable. 

50 

 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2020  Annual  Meeting  of 

Stockholders (the “2020 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

51 

  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(1) Financial Statements 

PART IV 

    Page 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ......................................................................................       
F-1
F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 ..............................................................................       
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 .......       
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 ...........       
F-6
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 ..........................       
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................................................................................       
F-8
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) ...........................................................................................................        F-34

(2) Financial Statement Schedules 

None. 

(3) Exhibits 

The following exhibits are included with this report or incorporated herein by reference: 

Exhibit 
Number 

  3.1 

  3.2 

  4.1 

  4.2 

Exhibit 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s 
Form 10-Q, filed August 3, 2017). 

Amended and Restated Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed 
June 2, 2017). 

Specimen common stock certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-1/A 
(File No. 333-134018), filed September 12, 2006). 

See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, above, for provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company defining the rights of holders of common stock of the Company. 

  4.3 

   Description of Securities. * 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form S-1 
(File No. 333-134018), filed May 11, 2006). + 

ICF International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 
2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 1, 2013). + 

ICF International, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s 
Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 20, 2018). + 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

Form of Non-Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 27, 2018). + 

Form  of  CEO  Performance  Share  Award  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

Form  of  COO  Performance  Share  Award  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

Form of General Performance Share Award Agreement under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

Form of Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

52 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

Exhibit 

Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Sudhakar Kesavan, dated December 29, 
2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 30, 2008). + 

Restated  Severance  Protection  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Sudhakar  Kesavan,  dated 
December 29, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 30, 
2008). + 

Restated Severance Protection Agreement between John Wasson and ICF International, Inc. dated October 1, 
2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed October 1, 2019).+ 

Amended Severance Letter Agreement by and between the Company and John Wasson, dated December 12, 
2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 18, 2008). + 

Employment Terms by and between the Company and James C. Morgan, dated June 8, 2012 (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2012). + 

Severance Benefit/Protection Agreement by and between the Company and James C. Morgan, dated June 8, 
2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2012). + 

Severance  Letter  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Ellen  Glover,  dated  February  21,  2012 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed May 4, 2012). + 

Severance  Letter  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Sergio  J.  Ostria,  dated  March  6,  2012 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed on March 8, 2016). + 

Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 17, 2017 (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed May 18, 2017). 

Deed of Lease by and between Hunters Branch Leasing, LLC and ICF Consulting Group, Inc., effective April 
1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2010). 

Lease Agreement between ICF Consulting Group, Inc. and CRS Plaza II, LLC, dated as of October 24, 2019 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2019). 

Equity Purchase Agreement between Incentive Technology Group, LLC, Project Lucky Holdings, LLC, Shadi 
Michelle  Branch,  Adam  Branch,  and  ICF  Incorporated,  L.L.C.,  dated  January  13,  2020  (Incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A, filed January 14, 2020). 

21.0 

   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.* 

23.1 

   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.* 

31.1 

   Certificate of the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).* 

31.2 

   Certificate of the Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).* 

32.1 

   Certifications of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

32.2 

   Certifications of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

101 

The  following  materials  from  the  ICF  International,  Inc.  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2019 formatted  in Inline  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language (iXBRL):  (i)  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheets,  (ii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Stockholders’  Equity,  (iv)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  and  (v)  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements. * 

104 

The  cover  page  from  the  Company's  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2019, 
formatted in Inline XBRL 

* 

+ 

Submitted electronically herewith. 

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit. 

53 

   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

February 28, 2020 

    ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
    By:    

/s/    JOHN WASSON         
John Wasson 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

/s/    JOHN WASSON 
John Wasson 

 /s/    SUDHAKAR KESAVAN 
Sudhakar Kesavan 

/s/    JAMES MORGAN  
James Morgan 

/s/    THERESA GOLINVAUX 
Theresa Golinvaux 

/s/    EILEEN O’SHEA AUEN    
Eileen O’Shea Auen 

/s/    Dr. SRIKANT M. DATAR     
Dr. Srikant M. Datar 

/s/    CHERYL GRISÉ   
Cheryl Grisé 

/s/    PETER SCHULTE    
Peter Schulte 

/s/    MICHAEL VAN HANDEL 
Michael Van Handel 

/s/    RANDALL MEHL    
Randall Mehl 

Title 

President and Chief Executive Officer and 
Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date 

February 28, 2020 

Executive Chairman and Director  

 February 28, 2020 

Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Controller  
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

February 28, 2020 

February 28, 2020 

February 28, 2020 

February 28, 2020 

February 28, 2020 

February 28, 2020 

February 28, 2020 

February 28, 2020 

54 

  
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
ICF International, Inc. 

Opinion on the financial statements  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ICF International,  Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial 
statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 
31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), 
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  the  2013  Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our 
report dated February 28, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion. 

Change in accounting principle  

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019, in 
accordance with the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 842, Leases.  

Basis for opinion  

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our 
audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, 
and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the 
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide 
a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical audit matters  

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  were 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the 
financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit 
matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical 
audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.  

Revenue Recognition – Estimates-at-Completion 

As described further in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company generally recognizes revenue over time as control 
transfers to a client, based on the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the related performance obligation.  The selection of the method 
used to measure progress requires judgment and is dependent on the contract type selected by the client during contract negotiation and the 
nature of the services and solutions to be provided.  For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, the 
Company uses the ratio of actual costs incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input model) represents a reasonable 
measure  of  progress  toward  the  satisfaction  of  a  performance  obligation,  in  order  to  estimate  the  portion  of  total  transaction  price 
earned.   We identified the initial development and subsequent changes related to estimates-at-completion as a critical audit matter. 

F-1 

  
  
 
 
The principal considerations for our determination that the use of estimates-at-completion in recognizing revenue is a critical audit matter 
are the significant management judgments involved in the initial creation and subsequent updates to the Company’s estimates-at-completion 
and related profit recognized, which required challenging and subjective auditor judgment in the execution of our procedures. Inputs and 
assumptions requiring significant management judgment included anticipated direct labor, subcontract labor, and other direct costs required 
to deliver on unfinished performance obligations. 

Our audit procedures in response to this matter included the following, among others.  

•  We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to the initial drafting of estimates-at-completion and the 

ongoing monitoring of changes in estimates specific to the estimates-at-completion.  

•  We tested management’s process for developing, revising and applying estimates-at-completion to a sample of contracts.  Our 
testing included evaluating  key  inputs  and  assumptions  by  comparing  them  to  underlying  supporting  documentation  or  other 
corroborating  evidence,  such  as  subcontractor  agreements,  historical  hours  for  similar  service  offerings,  or  other  contractual 
documentation that supports estimated costs. 

•  We performed analytical procedures of gross margin fluctuations on a contract by contract basis to corroborate cumulative catch-

up adjustments or forward loss provisions on negative margins. 

•  We obtained subsequent event information on a contract-by-contract basis and performed a “look-back” analysis of contracts 
completed during the year ended December 31, 2019 and compared the final gross margin to the estimated margins throughout 
the contract life cycle to assess the Company’s ability to develop reliable estimates. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP  

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000. 

Arlington, Virginia 
February 28, 2020 

F-2 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
ICF International, Inc. 

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting 

We  have  audited  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  ICF  International,  Inc.  (a  Delaware  corporation)  and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, 
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, 
based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, and our 
report dated February 28, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

Basis for opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and 
are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that 
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP  

Arlington, Virginia  
February 28, 2020 

F-3 

  
  
  
 
 
ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 
ASSETS 
Current Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................    $ 
Contract receivables, net ...................................................................................      
Contract assets ..................................................................................................      
Prepaid expenses and other ...............................................................................      
Income tax receivable .......................................................................................      
Total Current Assets ............................................................................................      
Total Property and Equipment, net ....................................................................      
Other Assets: 

Restricted cash - non-current ............................................................................      
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................      
Other intangible assets, net ...............................................................................      
Operating lease - right-of-use assets .................................................................      
Other assets .......................................................................................................      
Total Assets ...........................................................................................................    $ 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
Current Liabilities: 

Accounts payable ..............................................................................................    $ 
Contract liabilities .............................................................................................      
Operating lease liabilities – current ..................................................................      
Accrued salaries and benefits ............................................................................      
Accrued subcontractors and other direct costs ..................................................      
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ..................................................      
Total Current Liabilities ......................................................................................      
Long-term Liabilities: 

Long-term debt .................................................................................................      
Operating lease liabilities - non-current ............................................................      
Deferred rent .....................................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes ......................................................................................      
Other .................................................................................................................      
Total Liabilities .....................................................................................................      

Contingencies (Note 20) 

Stockholders’ Equity: 

December 31, 
2019 

December 31, 
2018 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,482   
261,176   
142,337   
17,402   
7,320   
434,717   
58,237   

—   
719,934   
25,829   
133,965   
24,535   
1,397,217   

134,578   
37,413   
32,500   
52,130   
45,619   
35,742   
337,982   

165,444   
119,250   
—   
37,621   
22,369   
682,666   

11,694   
230,966   
126,688   
16,253   
6,505   
392,106   
48,105   

1,292   
715,644   
35,494   
—   
21,221   
1,213,862   

102,599   
33,494   
—   
44,103   
58,791   
39,072   
278,059   

200,424   
—   
13,938   
40,165   
20,859   
553,445   

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none 

issued ..............................................................................................................     

—   

—   

Common stock, $.001 par value; 70,000,000 shares authorized; 22,846,374 
and 22,445,576 shares issued; and 18,867,555 and 18,817,495 shares 
outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively .....     
Additional paid-in capital ..................................................................................     
Retained earnings ...............................................................................................     
Treasury stock, 3,978,819 and 3,628,081 shares at December 31, 2019 and 

23   
346,795   
544,840   

2018, respectively ...........................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .............................................................     
Total Stockholders’ Equity ...................................................................................     
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity .........................................................   $ 

(164,963 ) 
(12,144 ) 
714,551   
1,397,217   

  $ 

22   
326,208   
486,442   

(139,704 ) 
(12,551 ) 
660,417   
1,213,862   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 

F-4 

  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Revenue ..................................................................................................     $  1,478,525   
953,187   
Direct costs .............................................................................................    
Operating costs and expenses 

2019 

Years ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

  $  1,337,973      $  1,229,162   
771,725   

857,508     

Indirect and selling expenses ............................................................    
Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................    
Amortization of intangible assets ......................................................    
Total operating costs and expenses ........................................................    
Operating income ...................................................................................    
Interest expense ......................................................................................    
Other (expense) income ..........................................................................    
Income before income taxes ...................................................................    
Provision for income taxes .....................................................................    
Net income .............................................................................................     $ 

395,763   
20,099   
8,083   
423,945   
101,393   
(10,719 ) 
(501 ) 
90,173   
21,235   
68,938   

  $ 

360,987     
17,163     
10,043     
388,193     
92,272     
(8,710 )   
(735 )   
82,827     
21,427     
61,400      $ 

346,440   
17,691   
10,888   
375,019   
82,418   
(8,553 ) 
121   
73,986   
11,110   
62,876   

Earnings per share: 

Basic ............................................................................................     $ 
Diluted .........................................................................................     $ 

3.66   
3.59   

  $ 
  $ 

3.27   
3.18   

  $ 
  $ 

3.35   
3.27   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic ............................................................................................    
Diluted .........................................................................................    

18,816   
19,224   

18,797   
19,335   

18,766   
19,244   

Cash dividends declared per common share ........................................    

0.56   

0.56     

—   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax ......................................    
Comprehensive income, net of tax .........................................................     $ 

407   
69,345   

  $ 

(6,683 )   
54,717      $ 

4,601   
67,477   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 

F-5 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
      
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
      
  
    
  
  
    
    
      
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
      
  
    
  
  
    
    
      
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
      
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
 
ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 

Additional 
   Common Stock      
Paid-in 
  Shares     Amount      Capital 

    Retained      Treasury Stock 
    Earnings     Shares      Amount      

Accumulated 
Other 

Comprehensive       

(in thousands) 
Balance at January 1, 2017 ...........................................      19,021     $ 
Net income .......................................................................       —       
Other comprehensive income ..........................................       —       
Equity compensation .......................................................       —       
Exercise of stock options .................................................      
176       
Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted 

180       
stock units ...................................................................      
Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks ............      
(715 )     
Balance at December 31, 2017 ......................................      18,662       
Net income .......................................................................       —       
Other comprehensive loss ...............................................       —       
Equity compensation .......................................................       —       
Exercise of stock options .................................................      
209       
Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted 

22     $  292,427     $ 371,890        2,642     $  (88,695 )   $ 
—       
—        62,876        —       
—       
—       
—        —       
—       
—       
306       
—        —       
9,985       
—       
—       
—        —       
4,722       
—       

—       
687       

—        —       
—       
—       
—       
—        715        (33,151 )     
22        307,821        434,766        3,357        (121,540 )     
—       
—        61,400        —       
—       
—       
—        —       
—       
—       
178       
—        —       
11,328       
—       
—       
—        —       
5,842       
—       

Loss 

     Total 

(9,640 )   $ 566,004   
—        62,876   
4,601   
—        10,291   
4,722   
—       

4,601       

—       
—   
—        (32,464 ) 
(5,039 )     616,030   
—        61,400   
(6,683 ) 
—        11,506   
5,842   
—       

(6,683 )     

stock units ...................................................................      
Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks ............      
Reclassification of stranded tax effects due to adoption 

226       
(280 )     

—       
—       

—       
1,217       

—       
—       
—        280        (18,342 )     

(8 )     

—       
—   
—        (17,125 ) 

of accounting principle ...............................................       —       
Dividends declared ..........................................................       —       
Balance at December 31, 2018 ......................................      18,817       
Net income .......................................................................       —       
Other comprehensive income ..........................................       —       
Equity compensation .......................................................       —       
Exercise of stock options .................................................      
94       
Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted 

306       
stock units ...................................................................      
Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks ............      
(349 )     
Dividends declared ..........................................................       —       
Balance at December 31, 2019 ......................................      18,868     $ 

—       
—       
829        —       
—       
—       
—       
—        (10,553 )      —       
22        326,208        486,442        3,629        (139,704 )     
—       
—        68,938        —       
—       
—       
—        —       
—       
—       
—       
—        —       
15,818       
—       
—       
—        —       
2,924       
—       

(829 )     

—   
—        (10,553 ) 
(12,551 )     660,417   
—        68,938   
407   
—        15,818   
2,924   
—       

407       

—       
1,845       

—       
—        —       
1       
—        349        (25,259 )     
—       
—       
—       
—        (10,540 )      —       
23     $  346,795     $ 544,840        3,978     $ (164,963 )   $ 

1   
—       
—        (23,414 ) 
—        (10,540 ) 
(12,144 )   $ 714,551   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 

F-6 

 
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

(in thousands) 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

Years ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

Net income .....................................................................................................................     $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

68,938      $ 

61,400      $ 

62,876   

Bad debt expense .....................................................................................................    
Deferred income taxes..............................................................................................    
Non-cash equity compensation ................................................................................    
Depreciation and amortization .................................................................................    
Deferred rent ............................................................................................................    
Facilities consolidation reserve ................................................................................    
Remeasurement of contingent acquisition liability ..................................................    
Amortization of debt issuance costs .........................................................................    
Impairment of long-lived assets ...............................................................................    
Other adjustments, net ..............................................................................................    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions: 

Net contract assets and liabilities .......................................................................    
Contract receivables ...........................................................................................    
Prepaid expenses and other assets ......................................................................    
Accounts payable ...............................................................................................    
Accrued salaries and benefits .............................................................................    
Accrued subcontractors and other direct costs ...................................................    
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ...................................................    
Income tax receivable and payable ....................................................................    
Other liabilities ...................................................................................................    
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities .....................................................................    

624     
(123 )   
15,818     
28,182     
(1,247 )   
(274 )   
—     
507     
1,728     
181     

(11,963 )   
(31,300 )   
1,997     
31,949     
8,012     
(12,293 )   
(4,951 )   
(4,489 )   
144     
91,440     

2,480     
5,100     
11,506     
27,206     
523     
(260 )   
505     
510     
—     
449     

1,480   
(7,390 ) 
10,291   
28,579   
(177 ) 
1,479   
—   
673   
—   
275   

(14,148 )   
(60,096 )   
(6,650 )   
28,309     
(2,159 )   
10,762     
11,120     
(2,063 )   
176     
74,670     

405   
702   
(1,844 ) 
3,631   
5,597   
15,507   
(2,250 ) 
(5,697 ) 
3,054   
   117,191   

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

Capital expenditures for property and equipment and capitalized software ...................    
Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash received ...............................................    
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities ...............................................................................    

(26,901 )   
(3,569 )   
(30,470 )   

(21,812 )   
(34,575 )   
(56,387 )   

(14,513 ) 
(91 ) 
(14,604 ) 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Advances from working capital facilities .......................................................................    
Payments on working capital facilities ...........................................................................    
Payments on capital expenditure obligations .................................................................    
Debt issue costs ..............................................................................................................    
Proceeds from exercise of options ..................................................................................    
Dividends paid ...............................................................................................................    
Net payments for stockholder issuances and buybacks ..................................................    
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities ..............................................................................    
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash ...    

686,830     
(721,809 )   
(1,621 )   
—     
2,914     
(10,540 )   
(23,414 )   
(67,640 )   
166     

   573,991     
   (579,817 )   
(3,726 )   
(21 )   
5,842     
(7,915 )   
(17,125 )   
(28,771 )   
(792 )   

   590,225   
   (643,363 ) 
(4,808 ) 
(1,612 ) 
4,722   
—   
(32,464 ) 
(87,300 ) 
1,094   

(Decrease) Increase in Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash ...........................    
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash, Beginning of Period..............................    
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash, End of Period ........................................     $ 

(6,504 )   
12,986     
6,482      $ 

(11,280 )   
24,266     
12,986      $ 

16,381   
7,885   
24,266   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 

Cash paid during the period for: 

Interest ........................................................................................................................     $ 
Income taxes ...............................................................................................................     $ 

10,424      $ 
26,595      $ 

9,893      $ 
14,870      $ 

7,922   
21,659   

Non-cash investing and financing transactions: 

Deferred and contingent consideration arising from businesses acquired ...................     $ 
Capital expenditure obligations ...................................................................................     $ 

—      $ 
—      $ 

8,391      $ 
6,121      $ 

—   
—   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 

F-7 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
 
ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(dollar amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share data) 

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS 

Basis of Presentation  

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ICF International, Inc. (“ICFI”) and its 
principal subsidiary, ICF Consulting Group, Inc. (“Consulting,” and together with ICFI, “the Company”), and have been 
prepared in accordance with United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Consulting is 
a wholly owned subsidiary of ICFI. ICFI is a holding company with no operations or assets other than its investment in the 
common  stock  of  Consulting.  All  other  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  are  wholly  owned  by  Consulting.  All  significant 
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

Nature of Operations 

The Company provides professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial clients, 
including management, marketing, technology, and policy consulting and implementation services, in the areas of energy, 
environment, and infrastructure; health, education, and social programs; safety and security; and consumer and financial. The 
Company offers  a full  range  of  services  to  these  clients  throughout  the entire  life  cycle  of  a  policy, program, project,  or 
initiative, from research and analysis and assessment and advice to design and implementation of programs and technology-
based solutions, and the provision of engagement services and programs. 

The  Company’s  major  clients  are  U.S.  federal  government  departments  and  agencies,  most  significantly  the 
Department of Health and Human Services, Department of State and Department of Defense. The Company also serves U.S. 
state  (including  territories)  and  local  government  departments  and  agencies,  international  governments,  and  commercial 
clients worldwide. Commercial clients include airlines, airports, electric and gas utilities, oil companies, hospitals, health 
insurers  and  other  health-related  companies,  banks  and  other  financial  services  companies,  transportation,  travel  and 
hospitality  firms,  non-profits/associations, law  firms,  manufacturing  firms,  retail  chains,  and  distribution  companies.  The 
term  “federal”  or  “federal  government”  refers  to  the  U.S.  federal  government,  and  “state  and  local”  or  “state  and  local 
government” refers to U.S. state (including territories) and local governments, unless otherwise indicated. 

The Company, incorporated in Delaware, is headquartered in Fairfax, Virginia. It maintains offices throughout the 
world, including over 75 offices in the U.S. and U.S. territories and more than 15 offices in key markets outside the U.S., 
including offices in the United Kingdom (“U.K.), Belgium, China, India and Canada. 

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at 
the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting 
periods.  Areas  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  where  estimates  may  have  the  most  significant  effect  include 
contractual and regulatory reserves, valuation and lives of tangible and intangible assets, contingent consideration related to 
business acquisitions, impairment of long-lived assets, accrued liabilities, revenue recognition and costs to complete fixed-
price contracts, bonus and other incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, reserves for tax benefits and valuation 
allowances on deferred tax assets, provisions for income taxes, collectability of receivables, and loss accruals for litigation. 
Actual results experienced by the Company may differ from management's estimates. 

Revenue Recognition 

The  Company  primarily  provides  services  and  technology-based  solutions  for  clients  that  operate  in  a  variety  of 
markets  and  the  solutions  may  span  the  entire  program  life  cycle,  from  initial  research  and  analysis  to  the  design  and 
implementation of solutions. The Company enters into agreements with clients that create enforceable rights and obligations 
and  for  which  it  is  probable  that  the  Company  will  collect  the  consideration  to  which  it  will  be  entitled  as  services  and 
solutions are transferred to the client. Except in certain narrowly defined situations, the Company’s agreements with its clients 
are written and revenue is generally not recognized on oral or implied arrangements. The Company recognizes revenue based 
on the consideration specified in the applicable agreement and excludes from revenue amounts collected on behalf of third 

F-8 

  
  
parties. Accordingly, sales and similar taxes which are collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from the transaction 
price.  

The Company evaluates whether two or more agreements should be accounted for as one single contract and whether 
combined or single agreements should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. For most contracts, the 
client requires the Company to perform a number of tasks in providing an integrated output for which the client has contracted, 
and,  hence,  contracts  of  this  type  are  tracked  as  having  only  one  performance  obligation  since  a  substantial  part  of  the 
Company’s promise is to ensure the individual tasks are incorporated into a combined output in accordance with contract 
requirements.  When  contracts  are  separated  into  multiple  performance  obligations,  the  Company  allocates  the  total 
transaction price to each performance obligation based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the promised 
services underlying each performance obligation. The Company generally provides customized solutions in which the pricing 
is based on specific negotiations with each client, and, in these cases, the Company uses a cost-plus margin approach to 
estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. It is common for the Company’s long-term contracts to 
contain award fees, incentive fees or other provisions that can either increase or decrease the transaction price. These variable 
amounts are generally awarded at the completion of a contractually-stipulated performance assessment period based on the 
achievement of performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets, and the amount awarded may be subject to client 
discretion. Variable consideration is estimated based on the most likely amount.  Once the  Company selects a method to 
estimate variable consideration, it applies that method consistently.  Estimates of variable consideration will be constrained 
only to the extent that it is probable that significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. 

The  Company  evaluates  contractual  arrangements  to  determine  whether  revenue  should  be  recognized  on  a  gross 
versus net basis. The Company’s assessment is based on the nature of the promise to the client. In most cases, the Company 
itself agrees to provide specified services to the client as a principal and revenue is recognized on a gross basis. In certain 
instances, the Company acts as an agent and merely arranges for another party to provide services to the client and revenue 
is recognized on a net basis in reflection of the fact that the Company does not control the goods or services provided to the 
client by the other party. 

Long-term  contracts  typically  contain  billing  terms  that  provide  for  invoicing  monthly  or  upon  completion  of 
milestones,  and payment on a net 30-day basis. Exceptions to monthly billing terms are to ensure that the Company performs 
satisfactorily  rather  than  representing  a  significant  financing  component.  For  cost-based  contracts  the  Company’s 
performance is evaluated during a contractually stipulated performance period and, while contract costs may be billed on a 
monthly  basis,  the  Company  is  generally  permitted  to  bill  for  incentive  or  award  fees  only  after  the  completion  of  the 
performance assessment period, which may occur quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and after the client completes the 
performance assessment. Fixed-price contracts may provide for milestone billings based on the attainment of specific project 
objectives rather than for billing on a monthly basis. Moreover, contracts may require retentions or hold backs that are paid 
at the end of the contract to ensure that the Company performs in accordance with requirements. The Company does not 
assess whether a contract contains a significant financing component if the Company expects, at contract inception, that the 
period between payment by the client and the transfer of promised services to the client will be one year or less. 

As a service provider, the Company generally recognizes revenue over time as control is transferred to a client, based 
on the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation. The selection of the method used to measure 
progress requires judgment and is dependent, among other factors, on the contract type selected by the client during contract 
negotiation and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided.  

When  a  performance  obligation  is  billed  using  a  time-and-materials  contract  type,  the  Company  uses  the  right  to 
invoice  practical  expedient  output  progress  measure  to  estimate  revenue  earned  based  on  hours  worked  in  contract 
performance at negotiated billing rates. Fixed-price level-of-effort contracts are substantially similar to time-and-materials 
contracts except that the Company is required to deliver a specified level of effort over a stated period of time. For these 
contracts, the Company estimates revenue earned using contract hours worked at negotiated bill rates as the Company delivers 
the contractually required workforce.  

For cost-based contracts, the Company recognizes revenue based on contract costs incurred, as the Company becomes 
contractually entitled to reimbursement of the contract costs, plus a most likely estimate of award or incentive fees earned on 
those costs even though final determination of fees earned occurs after the contractually-stipulated performance assessment 
period ends.  

For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, the Company uses the ratio of actual 
costs incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input method) represents a reasonable measure of 
progress towards the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total revenue earned. This 
method provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of value to the client when the Company is satisfying a performance 
obligation that entails integration of tasks for a combined output, which requires the Company to coordinate the work of 
F-9 

employees,  subcontractors  and  delivery  of  other  contract  costs.  Contract  costs  that  are  not  reflective  of  the  Company’s 
progress toward satisfying a performance obligation are not included in the calculation of the measure of progress. When this 
method is used, changes in estimated costs to complete these obligations result in adjustments to revenue on a cumulative 
catch-up basis, which causes the effect of revised estimates for prior periods to be recognized in the current period. Changes 
in these estimates can routinely occur over contract performance for a variety of reasons, which include: changes in contract 
scope; changes in contract cost estimates due to unanticipated cost growth or reassessments of risks impacting costs; changes 
in estimated incentive or award fees; or performing better or worse than previously estimated.  

In some fixed price service contracts, the Company performs services of a recurring nature, such as maintenance and 
other services of a “stand ready” nature. For these contracts, the Company has the right to consideration in an amount that 
corresponds directly with the value that the client has received. Therefore, the Company records revenue on a time elapsed 
basis to reflect the transfer of control to the client throughout the contract.   

Contracts are often modified to reflect changes in contract specifications and requirements, and these changes may 
create  new  enforceable  rights  and  obligations.  Most  modifications  are  for  services  that  are  not  distinct  from  the  existing 
agreement due to the significant integration service that the Company provides. Therefore, most modifications are accounted 
for as part of an existing performance obligation. The effect of these modifications on transaction price, and the Company’s 
measure of progress in fulfilling the performance obligation to which they relate, may be recognized as an adjustment to 
revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis. Revenue from modifications that create new, distinct performance obligations is 
recognized based on the Company’s progress in fulfilling the requirements of the new obligation.   

For contracts in which the estimated cost to perform exceeds the consideration to be received, the Company accrues 

for the entire estimated loss during the period in which the loss is determined by recording additional direct costs.  

For  performance  obligations  that  are  satisfied  over  time,  the  Company  recognizes  the  cost  to  fulfill  contracts  as 
incurred,  unless  the  costs  are  within  the  scope  of  another  topic  in  which  case  the  guidance  of  that  topic  is  applied.  The 
Company  evaluates  incremental  costs  of  obtaining  a  contract  and,  if  they  are  recoverable  from  the  client  and  relate  to  a 
specific future contract, they are deferred and recognized over contract performance or the estimated life of the customer 
relationship if renewals are expected. The Company expenses these costs when incurred if the amortization period is one year 
or less.  

Unfulfilled performance obligations represent amounts expected to be earned on contracts and do not include the value 
of negotiated, unexercised contract options, which are classified as marketing offers. Indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity 
and similar arrangements provide a framework for the client to issue specific tasks, delivery or purchase orders in the future 
and these arrangements are considered marketing offers until a specific order is executed. 

Revenue recognition entails the use of significant judgment, including, but not limited to, the following: evaluating 
agreements in terms of the number and nature of performance obligations; determining the appropriate method for measuring 
progress to satisfaction of obligations; determining if the Company is acting as a principal or an agent, and preparing estimates 
in terms of the amount of progress that the Company has made. For many fixed-price contracts, in particular, the Company 
estimates the proportion of total revenue earned using the ratio of contract costs incurred to total estimated contract costs, 
which requires the Company to prepare and, as necessary, revise estimates, as work progresses, of the total contract costs 
required  to  satisfy  each  respective  performance  obligation.  Moreover,  some  of  the  Company’s  contracts  include  variable 
consideration, which requires the Company to estimate and, as necessary, revise the most likely amounts that will be earned 
over the respective performance assessment periods. For these obligations, changes in estimates result in cumulative catch-
up adjustments and may have a significant impact on earnings during a given period.    

The Company’s operating cycle for long-term contracts may be greater than one year and is measured by the average 
time  intervening  between  the  inception  and  the  completion  of  those  contracts.  Contract-related  assets  and  liabilities  are 
classified as current assets and current liabilities. Significant balance sheet accounts related to the revenue recognition cycle 
are as follows:  

Contract receivables, net – This account includes amounts billed or billable under contract terms. The amounts due 
are stated at their net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the estimated 
amount of receivables that will not be collected. The Company considers a number of factors in its estimate of the allowance, 
including  knowledge  of  a  client’s  financial  condition,  its  historical  collection  experience,  and  other  factors  relevant  to 
assessing the collectability of the receivables. The Company writes off specific contract receivables when such amounts are 
determined to be uncollectible. 

Contract assets – This account includes unbilled amounts typically resulting from revenue recognized on long-term 
contracts when the amount of revenue recognized exceeds the amounts billed. It also includes contract retainages until the 

F-10 

Company has met the contract-stipulated requirements for payment. Contract assets are reported in a net position on a contract 
by contract basis each period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations. On a contract 
by contract basis, amounts do not exceed their net realizable value. 

Contract liabilities – This account consists of advance payments received and billings in excess of revenue recognized 
on  long-term  contracts.  Contact  liabilities  are reported  in a  net position on  a  contract by  contract  basis  each  period  even 
though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers cash on deposit and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or 

less when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents. 

Restricted Cash 

The Company had restricted cash representing amounts held in escrow accounts and/or not readily available due to 

contractual restrictions. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are carried at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated 
useful lives, which range from two to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the 
shorter of the economic life of the improvement or the related lease term.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The purchase price of an acquired business is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible 
assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values, with the excess recorded as goodwill. Goodwill 
represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired 
in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are reviewed for 
impairment  annually,  or  more  frequently  if  impairment  indicators  arise.  Intangible  assets  with  estimable  useful  lives  are 
amortized over such lives and reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise. 

Impairment 

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 of each year. As its business is highly 
integrated and all of its components have similar economic characteristics, the Company has concluded it has one aggregated 
reporting  unit  at  the  consolidated  entity  level.  The  Company  assesses  goodwill  at  the  reporting  level.  For  the  goodwill 
impairment test as of October 1, 2018, the Company opted to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely 
than not that its reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount. If, after opting to complete a qualitative assessment, 
the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying 
amount, it may conclude that no impairment exists. If the Company concludes otherwise, a goodwill impairment test must be 
performed, which  includes  a comparison of  the  reporting unit’s  fair value  to  the  carrying  amount  and recognizing,  as  an 
impairment loss, the difference of the reporting unit’s fair value and the carrying amount of goodwill. 

The  Company’s  qualitative  analysis  as of October 1, 2019 included macroeconomic,  industry  and market  specific 
considerations, financial performance indicators and measurements, and other factors. Based on this qualitative assessment, 
the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, 
and thus any additional quantitative impairment test was not required to be performed. Therefore, based on management’s 
review, a goodwill impairment loss was not required for 2019. Historically, the Company has not recorded any goodwill 
impairment losses. 

Long-Lived Assets 

The  Company  is  required  to  review  long-lived  assets  and  intangible  assets  other  than  goodwill  for  impairment 
whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  might  not  be  recoverable. 
Recoverability  of  assets  to  be  held  and  used  is  measured  by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  future 
undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment 
to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Assets to be 
disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell. 

F-11 

 
 
Leases 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease 
right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  operating  lease  liabilities  (current  and  non-current)  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets. 
Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum 
lease payments as of the commencement date. Since most lease agreements do not provide an implicit rate, the Company 
uses its incremental borrowing rate as of the commencement date in estimating the present value of future payments. The 
operating lease ROU asset is based on the present value of future lease payments and excludes impacts from lease incentives 
and  initial  costs  incurred  to  obtain  the  lease.  At  the  lease  commencement  date,  the  Company  estimates  its  collateralized 
incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  publicly  available  yields  adjusted  for  Company-specific  considerations  and  the 
Company's  varying  lease  terms  in  determining  the  present  value  of  future  payments.  Lease  terms,  for  the  purposes  of 
determining  each  lease’s  present  value,  include  options  to  extend  or  terminate  the  lease  if  it  is  reasonably  certain  and 
economically  reasonable  that  the  Company  will  exercise  that  option.  Lease  expense  for  minimum  lease  payments  is 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  

The Company uses leases to obtain use of a variety of different resources, including those for the use of facilities or 
equipment.  These  agreements  may  contain  both  lease  and  non-lease  components,  which  are  generally  accounted  for 
separately. For office equipment leases (primarily copier leases), the Company elected to account for the lease and non-lease 
components as a single lease component and not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with a term not greater 
than twelve months. 

Capitalized Software 

The Company capitalizes certain costs to develop enhancements and upgrades to internal-use software that are incurred 
subsequent  to  the  preliminary  project  stage.  Amortization  expense  is  recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  expected 
economic life of the software or the service contract, typically lasting three to five years.  As of December 31, 2019, and 
2018, capitalized software costs were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Stock-based Compensation 

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense related to share-based payments to employees, including 
grants of employee stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and cash-settled restricted stock 
units  (“CSRSUs”)  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period,  which  is  generally  the  vesting  period.  The 
Company recognizes expense for performance-based share awards (“PSAs”), which have both performance requirements and 
vesting conditions, on a straight-line basis over the three-year performance period. Non-employee director awards, which do 
not include vesting conditions, are for board-related services and therefore expensed when earned. 

Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the instruments on award and the estimated 
number of shares the Company ultimately expects will vest.  The Company estimates the rate of future forfeitures based on 
factors which include the historical forfeiture experience for each applicable employee class under the assumption that the 
rate of future forfeitures will be similar to that experienced in the past. In addition, the estimation of PSAs that will ultimately 
vest requires judgment based on the performance and market conditions that will be achieved over the performance period. 
Changes to these estimates are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.  

The fair value of stock options, restricted stock awards, RSUs, PSAs, and non-employee director awards is estimated 
based on the fair value of a share of common stock at the grant date. The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes-
Merton option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The fair value of PSAs is estimated using a Monte 
Carlo simulation model. 

CSRSUs are settled only in cash payments. The cash payment is based on the fair value of the Company’s stock price 
at the vesting date, calculated by multiplying the number of CSRSUs vested by the Company’s closing stock price on the 
vesting date, subject to a maximum payment cap and a minimum payment floor. The Company treats these awards as liability-
classified awards, and, therefore, accounts for them at fair value estimated based on the closing price of the Company’s stock 
at the reporting date. 

Derivative Instruments 

Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value as 
of  the  reporting  date,  and  the  effective  portion  of  the  hedge  is  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  on  the 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in the period that the hedged instruments affect 
earnings.  Management reviews the effectiveness of the hedges on a quarterly basis. 

F-12 

Income Taxes 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary 
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. 
Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  in  effect  for  the  year  in  which  those  temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company evaluates its ability to benefit from all deferred tax assets 
and  establishes  valuation  allowances  for  amounts  it  believes  will  more  likely  than  not  be  unrealizable.  For  uncertain  tax 
positions, the Company uses a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the income tax 
position  taken.  Income  tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  are  measured  in  order  to 
determine the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements. Penalties, if probable and reasonably estimable, and interest 
expense related to uncertain tax positions are not recognized as a component of income tax expense but recorded separately 
in indirect expenses and interest expense, respectively. 

Treasury Shares 

Treasury shares are accounted for under the cost method. 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  represents  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  arising  from  the  use  of 
differing exchange rates from period to period, the gain on the sale of an interest rate hedge agreement designated as a cash 
flow hedge, and the changes in fair value of interest rate agreements designated as cash flow hedges, net of taxes. The financial 
positions and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are based on the local currency as the functional 
currency  and  are  translated  to  U.S.  dollars  for  financial  reporting  purposes.  Assets  and  liabilities  of  the  subsidiaries  are 
translated at the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date. Income statement accounts are translated at the average 
rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss 
included in stockholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.    

Segment, Customer and Geographic Information 

The Company operates in one segment based on the consolidated information used by its chief operating decision 
maker in evaluating the financial performance of its business and allocating resources. This single segment represents the 
Company’s core business, which is providing professional services for government and commercial clients. Although the 
Company disaggregates its revenue by client market areas and type, the Company does not manage its business or allocate 
resources based on client market or type.  

Approximately $561.0 million, $546.1 million, and $550.2 million of the Company’s revenue for the years 2019, 2018, 
and 2017, respectively, was derived under prime contracts and subcontracts with agencies and departments of the federal 
government representing 38%, 41%, and 45% of total revenue, respectively. No other customer accounted for 10% or more 
of the Company’s revenue during the years ended 2019, 2018, and 2017.  

The Company’s international operations provide services to both commercial and international government clients. 
Revenue  is  attributed  to  a  particular  geographic  area  based  on  the  administrative  location  of  the  client  that  awarded  the 
contract. The Company’s revenue generated from international clients as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 
8%, 13%, and 9% for the years 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.  

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, long-lived assets held internationally were 17% and 12% of total long-lived assets, 

respectively.  

Risks and Uncertainties 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash 
and cash equivalents and contract receivables. The majority of the Company’s cash transactions are processed through one 
U.S. commercial bank. Cash held domestically in excess of daily requirements is used to reduce any amounts outstanding 
under the Company’s Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company held approximately $7.1 million and 
$11.9 million, respectively, of cash in foreign bank accounts (not including outstanding deposits and checks). To date, the 
Company has not incurred losses related to cash and cash equivalents. 

The  Company’s  receivables  consist  principally  of  amounts  due  from  agencies  and  departments  of  the  federal 
government, state and local governments, and international governments, as well as from commercial organizations. The 
credit  risk,  with  respect  to  federal  and  other  government  clients,  is  limited  due  to  the  creditworthiness  of  the  respective 

F-13 

governmental entity. Amounts due for work performed as a subcontractor to a commercial organization also represent limited 
credit risk when the commercial client is performing as the prime contractor on a government contract due to the ultimate 
creditworthiness of the end client. Receivables from commercial clients generally pose a greater credit risk, and, as a result, 
are subject to ongoing monitoring. The Company extends credit in the normal course of operations and does not require 
collateral from its clients. 

The Company has historically been, and continues to be, heavily dependent on contracts with the federal government 
which are subject to audit by agencies and departments of the federal government. Such audits determine, among other things, 
whether an adjustment to invoices previously rendered are required under regulations as well as the underlying terms of each 
respective contract. Management does not expect significant adjustments as a result of government audits that will adversely 
affect the Company’s financial position and results of operations. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted 

Leases 

In  February  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  a  new  standard  related  to  leases, 
Accounting  Standard  Update  (“ASU”)  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842),  to  increase  transparency  and  comparability  among 
organizations by requiring the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified 
as operating leases. Under the new standard, required disclosures enable users of financial statements to assess the amount, 
timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company, using a modified retrospective adoption approach, 
is also required to recognize and measure leases existing at the beginning of the period of adoption, with certain practical 
expedients available.  

The Company adopted the standard effective January 1, 2019. The Company chose the following practical expedients: 
not  to  re-assess  existing  and  expired  contracts  to  determine  if  they  contain  embedded  leases;  not  to  re-assess  lease 
classification on existing leases; not to re-assess initial direct costs of obtaining leases; to account for lease and non-lease 
components as a single lease component for equipment leases; and to only apply the standard to leases with a term greater 
than twelve months.  

The  most  significant  impact  of  adopting  the  standard  was  the  recognition  of  ROU  assets  and  lease  liabilities  for 
operating  leases  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets, but  it  did not have  a material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income or consolidated statements of cash flows. The impact to the consolidated 
balance sheets before and after the adoption are as follows: 

Before 
Adoption 

January 1, 2019 
Adoption 

Adjustments      

After 
Adoption 

Operating lease - right-of-use assets .......................................................     $ 
Operating lease liabilities – current ........................................................       
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .......................................       
Operating lease liabilities - non-current .................................................       
Deferred rent ..........................................................................................       

—      $ 
—        
1,843        
—        
13,938        

137,152      $ 
30,951        
(1,843 )      
121,982        
(13,938 )      

137,152   
30,951   
—   
121,982   
—   

Stock Compensation 

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-07,  Compensation—Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718).  The  standard 
simplifies  the  accounting  for  share-based  compensation  to  non-employees  by  aligning  the  guidance  with  share-based 
payments to employees.  It is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018.  The 
Company’s adoption of ASU 2018-07 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted 

Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 
350-40). The standard aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is 
considered  a  service  contract  with  the  requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  to  develop  or  obtain 

F-14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
internal-use  software.  The  standard  also  requires  the  entity  to  expense  the  capitalized  implementation  costs  of  a  hosting 
arrangement over the term of the hosting arrangement and present the expense related to the capitalized implementation costs 
in the same line item in the statement of income as the fees associated with the hosting arrangement. The standard is effective 
for interim periods and fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted. The standard may be 
implemented  using  either  the  retrospective  or  prospective  method.  The  Company  does  not  anticipate  that  there  will  be  a 
material impact on the consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting the standard and that it expects to adopt the 
standard in the first quarter of 2020 utilizing a prospective method. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of the 
new standard through its adoption. 

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) – Measurement of 
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.  The standard, as amended, requires companies to measure credit losses by using a 
methodology  that  reflects  the  expected  credit  losses  based  on  historical  information,  current  economic  conditions,  and 
reasonable and supportable information. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 
with early adoption permitted.  The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption but does not 
anticipate that there will be a material impact on the consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting the standard. 
The Company will adopt the standard in the first quarter of 2020 utilizing a modified-retrospective transition approach that 
would require a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening retained earnings in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ 
equity as of the date of the adoption. 

NOTE 3 - CONTRACT RECEIVABLES 

Contract receivables consisted of the following:  

Billed receivables .....................................................................................................     $ 
Allowance for doubtful accounts ..............................................................................       
Contract receivables, net ..........................................................................................     $ 

264,682      $ 
(3,506 )      
261,176      $ 

236,250   
(5,284 ) 
230,966   

December 31, 
2019 

December 31, 
2018 

NOTE 4 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31: 

Leasehold improvements ...........................................................................................     $ 
Software ....................................................................................................................       
Furniture and equipment ...........................................................................................       
Computers .................................................................................................................       

Accumulated depreciation and amortization .............................................................       
Total property and equipment, net ..........................................................................     $ 

2019 

2018 

25,882      $ 
52,343        
29,437        
38,014        
145,676        
(87,439 )      
58,237      $ 

19,444   
50,967   
27,435   
31,568   
129,414   
(81,309 ) 
48,105   

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, was approximately 

$20.1 million, $17.2 million, and $17.7 million, respectively. 

F-15 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
 
 
NOTE 5 - GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended December 31 were as follows: 

Balance as of January 1 .............................................................................................     $ 
Goodwill resulting from business combination - The Future Customer ....................       
Goodwill resulting from  business combination - DMS Disaster Consultants ..........       
Goodwill resulting from business combination - We Are Vista ................................       
Goodwill resulting from business combination - Olson (1) ................................................       
Effect of foreign currency translation ........................................................................       
Total goodwill ........................................................................................................     $ 

2019 

2018 

715,644      $ 
—        
(50 )      
(370 )      
3,047        
1,663        
719,934      $ 

686,108   
7,597   
10,121   
14,392   
—   
(2,574 ) 
715,644   

1) 

2) 

In 2019, the Company recorded changes to goodwill representing an immaterial correction of an error for income tax balances related to acquired assets and liabilities 
from the business combination that occurred in 2014.  These balances were not significant to our previously reported financial position.  
Other adjustments to goodwill are measurement period adjustments.  

Other Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets with definite lives are primarily amortized over periods ranging from approximately 1 to 10 years. 
The weighted-average period of amortization for all intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 is 9.3 years. The customer-
related intangible assets, which consist of customer contracts, backlog, and non-contractual customer relationships, are being 
amortized based on  estimated  cash flows  and  respective  estimated  economic  benefit of  the  assets.  The  weighted-average 
period of amortization of the customer-related intangibles is 9.3 years. Intangible assets related to developed technology are 
being amortized on an accelerated basis over a weighted-average period of 4.8 years. Intangible assets with an indefinite life 
consist of a domain name. 

Other intangibles consisted of the following at December 31:     

2019 

Gross 
Carrying 
Value 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net Carrying 
Value 

Customer-related .......................................  
Developed technology ...............................    
Total amortizable intangible assets ...........  
Intangible with indefinite life ....................  
Total other intangible assets ...................  

  $ 

  $ 

95,038   
733   
95,771   
95   
95,866   

  $ 

  $ 

(69,425 ) 
(612 ) 
(70,037 ) 
—   
(70,037 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

25,613   
121   
25,734   
95   
25,829   

2018 

Gross 
Carrying 
Value 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net Carrying 
Value 

Customer-related .......................................  
Developed technology ...............................    
Total amortizable intangible assets ...........  
Intangible with indefinite life ....................  
Total other intangible assets ...................  

  $ 

  $ 

94,500   
733   
95,233   
95   
95,328   

  $ 

  $ 

(59,289 ) 
(545 ) 
(59,834 ) 
—   
(59,834 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

35,211   
188   
35,399   
95   
35,494   

F-16 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
Aggregate amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, was approximately $8.1 
million, $10.0 million, and $10.9 million, respectively. The Company recognized impairment expense, included in indirect 
and selling expense, of $1.7 million in the second quarter of 2019 related to the intangible asset associated with a historical 
business acquisition. The estimated future amortization expense relating to intangible assets is as follows:  

Year ending December 31, 
2020 .....................................................................................................................................................     $ 
2021 .....................................................................................................................................................       
2022 .....................................................................................................................................................       
2023 .....................................................................................................................................................       
2024 .....................................................................................................................................................       
Thereafter ............................................................................................................................................       
Total ..................................................................................................................................................     $ 

6,283   
5,306   
4,992   
4,615   
4,141   
397   
25,734   

NOTE 6 – LEASES 

The Company has operating leases for facilities and equipment which have remaining terms ranging from 1 to 17 
years. The leases may include options to extend the lease periods for up to 5 years at rates approximating market rates and/or 
options to terminate the leases within 1 year. The leases may include a residual value guarantee or a responsibility to return 
the property to its original state of use. A limited number of leases contain provisions that provide for rental increases based 
on consumer price indices. The change in rent expense resulting from changes in these indices are included within variable 
rent.  

Operating leases consisted of the following at December 31, 2019: 

Real estate facilities ....................................................................................................................     $ 
Office equipment ........................................................................................................................       
Other ...........................................................................................................................................       

Amortization of right-of-use assets ............................................................................................       
Total operating lease right-of-use assets ....................................................................................     $ 

165,752   
1,631   
892   
168,275   
(34,310 ) 
133,965   

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  Rent expense consists of the following: 

Operating lease costs ..................................................................................................................     $ 
Short-term lease costs .................................................................................................................       
Variable lease costs ....................................................................................................................       
Total rent expense ....................................................................................................................     $ 

36,287   
2,153   
5   
38,445   

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2019 

F-17 

  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2019 were as follows: 

December 31, 2020 ....................................................................................................................     $ 
December 31, 2021 ....................................................................................................................       
December 31, 2022 ....................................................................................................................       
December 31, 2023 ....................................................................................................................       
December 31, 2024 ....................................................................................................................       
Thereafter ...................................................................................................................................       
Total future minimum lease payments .....................................................................................       
Less:  Interest ...........................................................................................................................       
Total operating lease liabilities .............................................................................................     $ 

Operating lease liabilities – current ............................................................................................     $ 
Operating lease liabilities - non-current .....................................................................................       
Total operating lease liabilities ................................................................................................     $ 

Other information related to operating leases is as follows: 

38,179   
37,671   
35,482   
18,044   
14,160   
23,059   
166,595   
(14,845 ) 
151,750   

32,500   
119,250   
151,750   

Year Ended 

December 31, 2019 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Operating cash flows from operating leases ...........................................................................     $ 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities ............................     $ 
Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases .......................................................       
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases ...................................................................       

36,907   
31,123   
5.1   
3.7 % 

At  December 31,  2019,  the  Company  had  additional  operating  leases  that  have  not  yet  commenced  of  $117.5 
million.  Such operating leases are anticipated to commence, where we take possession of the property and commence any 
required buildout, over the next three years, with lease terms of 2 years to 17 years.  

Rent expense, for periods prior to the adoption of the new lease standard, is recognized on a straight-line basis over 

the lease term, net of sublease payments. Rent expense consists of the following for the years ended December 31: 

Rent .................................................................................................................     $ 
Sublease income ..............................................................................................       
Total rent expense .........................................................................................     $ 

2018 

2017 

34,924      $ 
(45 )     
34,879      $ 

36,269   
(142 ) 
36,127   

NOTE 7 - ACCRUED SALARIES AND BENEFITS 

Accrued salaries and benefits consisted of the following at December 31: 

Accrued bonuses, liability-classified awards, and commissions .................    $ 
Accrued salaries ..........................................................................................      
Accrued paid time off and leave ..................................................................      
Accrued medical ..........................................................................................      
Accrued payroll taxes and withholdings .....................................................      
Other ............................................................................................................      
Total accrued salaries and benefits ...........................................................    $ 

2019 

2018 

17,660      $ 
16,170        
12,157        
3,063        
930        
2,150        
52,130      $ 

13,214   
13,335   
11,708   
3,136   
765   
1,945   
44,103   

F-18 

  
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
NOTE 8 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following at December 31: 

Deposits .....................................................................................................................     $ 
Accrued IT and software licensing costs ...................................................................       
Accrued taxes and insurance premiums ....................................................................       
Accrued facilities rental and lease exit costs .............................................................       
Accrued interest .........................................................................................................       
Accrued professional services ...................................................................................       
Accrued dividends .....................................................................................................       
Contingent and contractual liabilities from acquisitions ...........................................       
Other accrued expenses and current liabilities ..........................................................       
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities ...............................................     $ 

2019 

2018 

9,608      $ 
3,983        
3,498        
1,223        
693        
3,929        
2,639        
2,700        
7,469        
35,742      $ 

17,485   
3,359   
4,160   
2,271   
308   
1,828   
2,639   
2,323   
4,699   
39,072   

NOTE 9 - LONG-TERM DEBT 

On May 17, 2017, the Company entered into a Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement 
with  a  syndication  of  11  commercial  banks  (the  “Credit  Facility”).  The  Credit  Facility:  (i)  includes  modifications  to  the 
Company’s  Fourth  Amended  and  Restated  Business  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  (ii)  matures  on  May  17,  2022,  (iii) 
increases the borrowing ceiling up to $600.0 million without a borrowing base requirement, taking into account financial, 
performance-based limitations, and (iv) provides for an “accordion,” which permits additional revolving credit commitments 
of up to $300.0 million, subject to lenders’ approval. While the modification of the Credit Facility did not increase the amount 
of outstanding, $106.0 million of funds from new syndicated borrowings was used to pay off or pay down borrowings from 
syndicate members prior to the loan modification and align the allocation of debt within the syndicate. These amounts were 
included within the “Advances from working capital facilities” and “Payments on working capital facilities” line items in the 
statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

The Company has the option to borrow funds under the Credit Facility at interest rates based on both LIBOR (1, 3, or 
6 month rates) and the Base Rate, at its discretion, plus their applicable margins. Base Rates are fluctuating per annum rates 
of interest equal to the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Open Rate, plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate, and (iii) the daily LIBOR 
rate, plus a LIBOR Margin of between 1.00% and 2.00% based on our Leverage Ratio (as defined under the Credit Facility), 
1.00% as of December 31, 2019. The interest accrued based on LIBOR rates is to be paid on the last business day of the 
interest period (1, 3, or 6 months), while interest accrued based on the Base Rates is to be paid in quarterly installments. The 
Credit Facility provides for letters of credit aggregating up to $60.0 million which reduce the funds available under the Credit 
Facility when issued. The Credit Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company and requires that 
the  Company  remain  in  compliance  with  certain  financial  and  non-financial  covenants.  The  financial  covenants  require, 
among other things, that the Company maintain at all times an Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined under the Credit Facility) 
of  not  less  than  3.00  to  1.00  and  a  Leverage  Ratio  of  not  more  than  3.75  to  1.00  (subject  to  adjustment,  in  certain 
circumstances) for each fiscal quarter. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with its covenants under 
the Credit Facility. 

The Credit Facility was subject to a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Credit Facility of between 0.13% 
and 0.25% per annum. Based on our Leverage Ratio that amount was 0.15% per annum at December 31, 2019 and 0.15% 
per annum at December 31, 2018. 

As of December 31, 2019, the available borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility (excluding the accordion) was 
$430.7  million.  Taking  into  account  the  financial  and  performance-based  limitations,  the  available  borrowing  capacity 
(excluding the accordion) was $373.4 million as of December 31, 2019. 

Long-term debt outstanding and the average debt outstanding and interest rate is summarized as follows:  

Revolving Line of Credit/Swing 

Outstanding      

Outstanding     

December 31, 2019 
Average 
Debt 

Debt 

Average 
Interest Rate   

Debt 

Outstanding     

December 31, 2018 
Average 
Debt 
Outstanding     

Average 
Interest Rate   

Line ...............................................    $ 

165,444     $  268,550       

3.59 %   $  200,424     $  237,012        

3.29 % 

F-19 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
Debt Issuance Cost 

The  Company’s  debt  issuance  costs,  which  are  included  within  other  assets,  are  amortized  over  the  term  of 

indebtedness. The balance of net debt issuance costs at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: 

Amortizable debt issuance costs ...............................................................   $ 
Accumulated amortization .......................................................................  
Net debt issuance costs .............................................................................   $ 

6,921      $ 
(5,738 )   
1,183      $ 

6,921   
(5,231 ) 
1,690   

2019 

2018 

Amortization of debt issuance costs totaling $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.7 million was recorded for each of the 

years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, and was included as part of interest expense. 

Letters of Credit 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had nine and eleven outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately 

$3.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. These letters of credit are renewed annually.  

NOTE 10 – REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Disaggregation of Revenue  

The Company disaggregates revenue from clients, most of which is earned over time, into categories that depict how 
the nature, amount and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Those categories are client 
market, client type and contract mix. Client markets provide insight into the breadth of the Company’s expertise. In classifying 
revenue by client market, the Company attributes revenue from a client to the market that the Company believes is the client’s 
primary market. The Company also classifies revenue by the type of entity for which it does business, which is an indicator 
of the diversity of its client base. The Company attributes revenue generated as a subcontractor to a commercial company as 
government revenue when the ultimate client is a government agency or department. Disaggregation by contract mix provides 
insight in terms of the degree of performance risk that the Company has assumed. Fixed-price contracts are considered to 
provide the highest amount of performance risk as the Company is required to deliver a scope of work or level of effort for a 
negotiated  fixed  price.  Time-and-materials  contracts  require  the  Company  to  provide  skilled  employees  on  contracts  for 
negotiated fixed hourly rates. Since the Company is not required to deliver a scope of work, but merely skilled employees, it 
considers these contracts to be less risky than a fixed-price agreement. Cost-based contracts are considered to provide the 
lowest amount of performance risk since the Company is generally reimbursed for all contract costs incurred in performance 
of contract deliverables with only the amount of incentive or award fees (if applicable) dependent on the achievement of 
negotiated performance requirements.   

2019 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Client Markets: 

Energy, environment, and infrastructure ...................... $ 
Health, education, and social programs ........................   
Safety and security........................................................   
Consumer and financial ................................................   
Total ........................................................................... $ 

665,185      $ 
552,600        
120,078        
140,662        
1,478,525      $ 

564,736      $ 
535,578        
111,660        
125,999        
1,337,973      $ 

487,001   
518,675   
102,645   
120,841   
1,229,162   

2019 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Client Type: 

U.S. federal government ............................................... $ 
U.S. state and local government ...................................   
International government ..............................................   
Total Government ......................................................   
Commercial ................................................................   
Total ........................................................................ $ 

561,022      $ 
280,357        
122,307        
963,686        
514,839        
1,478,525      $ 

546,050      $ 
183,900        
122,186        
852,136        
485,837        
1,337,973      $ 

550,794   
127,797   
91,318   
769,909   
459,253   
1,229,162   

F-20 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
         
  
 
2019 

Year ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

Contract Mix: 

Time-and-materials ....................................................... $ 
Fixed-price ....................................................................   
Cost-based ....................................................................   
Total ........................................................................... $ 

703,467      $ 
562,985        
212,073        
1,478,525      $ 

581,446      $ 
526,751        
229,776        
1,337,973      $ 

529,606   
480,584   
218,972   
1,229,162   

Contract Balances: 

Contract assets consist primarily of unbilled amounts resulting from long-term contracts when revenue recognized 
exceeds the amount billed due to billing schedule timing. Contract liabilities result from advance payments received on a 
contract or from billings in excess of revenue recognized on long-term contracts due to billing schedule timing. The $11.7 
million increase in the Company’s net contract assets (liabilities) is due to the timing of work performed in relation to billing 
schedule timing for fixed price programs which resulted in the change in contract liabilities, particularly in our international 
operations.  The  increase  in  contract  assets  is  primarily  due  to  hurricane  relief  and  rebuild  work  for  U.S.  state  and  local 
governments which is considered part of the energy, environment and infrastructure client market, and most of which has 
been performed on time-and-materials agreements. The increase in contract liabilities is primarily due to advanced billing for 
costs in 2019. There were no material changes to contract balances due to impairments or business combinations during the 
period.  

Contract assets ................................................................. $ 
Contract liabilities ...........................................................   
Net contract assets (liabilities) ...................................... $ 

142,337      $ 
(37,413 )      
104,924      $ 

126,688      $ 
(33,494 )      
93,194      $ 

15,649   
(3,919 ) 
11,730   

December 31, 2019     

December 31, 
2018 

Change 

Performance Obligations:  

The Company had $1.5 billion in unfulfilled performance obligations as of December 31, 2019, which primarily entail 
the  future  delivery  of  services  for  which  revenue  will  be  recognized  over  time.  The  obligations  relate  to  continued  or 
additional  services  required  on  contracts  and  were  generally  valued  using  an  estimated  cost-plus  margin  approach,  with 
variable  consideration  being  estimated  at  the  most  likely  amount.  The  Company  expects  to  satisfy  these  performance 
obligations, on average, in one to two years.  

NOTE 11 - DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES 

The  Company  uses  interest  rate  swap  arrangements  (the  “Swaps”)  to  manage  or  hedge  its  interest  rate  risk. 
Notwithstanding the terms of the Swaps, the Company is ultimately obligated for all amounts due and payable under the 
Credit Facility. The Company does not use such instruments for speculative or trading purposes.  

The Company designated the Swaps as cash flow hedges. Realized gains and losses in connection with each interest 
payment  will  be  reclassified  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  (“AOCI”)  to  interest  expense  in  that 
period.  Management intends that the Swaps remain effective and, on a quarterly basis, evaluates them to determine their 
effectiveness or ineffectiveness and records the change in fair value as an adjustment to other comprehensive income or loss. 
Realized  gains  and  losses  in  connection  with  the  required  interest  payments  will  be  reclassified  from  AOCI  to  interest 
expense.  

F-21 

  
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
A summary of interest rate swaps derivatives designated as cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2019 are as follows: 

Date of Interest Rate Swap Agreement    
September 30, 2016 (1) .....................................    
August 31, 2017 ........................................    
August 8, 2018 ..........................................    
August 8, 2018 ..........................................    

Notional Amount 
($million) 
$100.0 
$25.0 
$50.0 
$25.0 

Paid Fixed 
Interest Rate%    
- 
1.8475% 
2.8540% 
2.8510% 

Dates of Effected Cash Flows 

Beginning 

Ending 

   January 31, 2018     January 31, 2023 
   August 31, 2018     August 31, 2023 
   August 31, 2018     August 31, 2023 
   August 31, 2018     August 31, 2023 

(1) 

On December 1, 2016, the Company sold the interest rate hedge agreement.  The fair value of the interest rate hedge, as of the date of the sale, was recorded in other 
comprehensive income, net of tax.  The gain from the sale will be recognized into earnings when earnings are impacted by the cash flows of the previously hedged variable 
interest rate. 

The effect of the Swaps on the Company’s financial statements are as follows: 

Cash Flow Hedging Derivatives 

Total Gain or (Loss) Recognized 
in 
AOCI 

Amount of (Gain) or Loss 
Reclassified from AOCI into 
Income 

2019 

2018 

2019 

2018 

Interest Rate Swaps ........................................    $ 

(3,362 )    $ 

(1,184 )    $ 

(387 )    $ 

(672 ) 

As of December 31, 2019, the net amount of realized losses from the hedge agreements expected to be reclassified 

from AOCI into earnings within the next 12 months is $0.3 million. 

NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES 

The domestic and foreign components of income before provision for income taxes are as follows for the years ended 

December 31: 

Domestic .................................................................................   $ 
Foreign ....................................................................................     
Income before income taxes ....................................................   $ 

87,622      $ 
2,551        
90,173      $ 

74,479      $ 
8,348        
82,827      $ 

69,347   
4,639   
73,986   

2019 

2018 

2017 

Income tax expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31: 

Current: 

Federal ..................................................................................   $ 
State ......................................................................................     
Foreign ..................................................................................     
Total current .........................................................................     

Deferred: 

Federal ..................................................................................     
State ......................................................................................     
Foreign ..................................................................................     
Total deferred .......................................................................     
Income tax expense ............................................................   $ 

2019 

2018 

2017 

14,123      $ 
5,698        
1,537        
21,358        

320        
(25 )      
(418 )      
(123 )      
21,235      $ 

9,700      $ 
4,035        
2,418        
16,153        

4,072        
1,452        
(250 )      
5,274        
21,427      $ 

12,995   
3,243   
1,476   
17,714   

(9,425 ) 
2,749   
72   
(6,604 ) 
11,110   

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 

liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes.  

F-22 

  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
  
 
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following at December 31: 

2019 

2018 

Deferred Tax Assets 

Allowance for bad debt .............................................................................     $ 
Accrued paid time off ...............................................................................       
Foreign net operating loss (NOL) carry forward ......................................       
State net operating loss (NOL) carry forward ...........................................       
Stock option compensation .......................................................................       
Deferred rent .............................................................................................       
Deferred compensation .............................................................................       
Foreign tax credits ....................................................................................       
State tax credits .........................................................................................       
Foreign exchange ......................................................................................       
Foreign deferred .......................................................................................       
Accrued liabilities and other .....................................................................       

Less: Valuation Allowance .....................................................................       
Total Deferred Tax Assets ...................................................................       

Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Retention...................................................................................................       
Prepaid expenses ......................................................................................       
Payroll taxes .............................................................................................       
Unbilled revenue.......................................................................................       
Depreciation .............................................................................................       
Amortization .............................................................................................       
Deferred gain and other ............................................................................       
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities ............................................................       
Total Net Deferred Tax Liability .....................................................     $ 

888      $ 
1,671        
866        
714        
2,666        
3,129        
3,902        
4,508        
2,026        
3,579        
200        
5,318        
29,467        
(5,374 )      
24,093        

(1,395 )      
(1,451 )      
(593 )      
(2,691 )      
(3,112 )      
(52,076 )      
(396 )      
(61,714 )      
(37,621 )    $ 

1,321   
1,437   
1,144   
507   
2,332   
3,127   
3,348   
3,968   
2,041   
2,430   
342   
4,079   
26,076   
(5,112 ) 
20,964   

(1,239 ) 
(1,301 ) 
(495 ) 
(4,135 ) 
(7,306 ) 
(46,051 ) 
(602 ) 
(61,129 ) 
(40,165 ) 

On December 20, 2017, the U.S. Congress passed the Tax Cuts and Job Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), which was signed 
into law on December 22, 2017 and is generally effective beginning January 1, 2018. The Company was impacted in several 
ways as a result of the Tax Act, including, but not limited to, provisions which include a permanent reduction in the U.S. 
federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities required as a result 
of the tax rate change and the application of a mandatory one-time “transition tax” on unremitted earnings of certain foreign 
subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred.  

The  Company  completed  its  accounting  for  the  tax  effects  of  enactment  of  the  Tax  Act  in  2018  and  recorded 
adjustments to the provisional estimate of the effects on existing deferred tax balances and the one-time transition tax in the 
period of enactment.  The Company recognized these adjustments to the provisional estimate as a decrease in the provision 
for income taxes.   

The Company re-measured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to 
reverse in the future, which is now generally 26.3%.  The Company has completed its analysis of the Tax Act and refining 
its  provisional  estimates,  which  affected  the  measurement  of  these  balances.  Pursuant  to  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”), the provisional amount recorded related to the re-measurement of 
the  deferred  tax  balances  was  adjusted  during  the  measurement  period  ended  December  22,  2018  as  an  increase  in  the 
provision for income taxes, including adjustments to valuation allowances, of approximately $1.0 million.  

The  one-time  “transition  tax”  is  based  on  the  Company’s  total  post-1986  earnings  and  profits  (“E&P”)  which  the 
Company has previously deferred from U.S. income taxation. The Company has completed the calculation of the total post-
1986 foreign E&P and related foreign tax pools for these foreign subsidiaries.  Further, the transition tax is based in part on 
the amount of those earnings held in cash and other specified assets.  This amount, as well as the related foreign tax credit 
utilization, changed as the Company finalized its calculation of post-1986 foreign E&P and related foreign tax pools that 
were previously deferred from U.S. federal taxation and the amounts held in cash or other specified assets.  Similarly, the 
cumulative foreign tax credit carryforward balance as of December 31, 2019 increased by approximately $1.0 million and 
the valuation allowance required increased by approximately $1.0 million.  No additional income taxes have been provided 

F-23 

  
  
  
     
  
     
         
    
  
     
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
for on any remaining undistributed foreign earnings not subject to the transition tax.  No additional deferred income taxes 
have been provided for the $2.7 million of additional favorable outside basis differences inherent in these foreign entities as 
of December 31, 2019 because these amounts continue to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations.  

At both December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for foreign income 

taxes of approximately $2.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively, all of which may be carried forward indefinitely. 

At December 31, 2019, the Company had NOL carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $8.2 
million, which expire in 2034. The Company acquired these NOLs as a result of its purchase of Olson in November 2014. 
Internal Revenue Code Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the use of a corporation’s NOLs, tax credits and other 
carryovers after an “ownership change” occurs. Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of post-ownership 
change  taxable  income  a  corporation  may  offset  with  pre-ownership  change  NOLs  and  credits.  In  general,  the  annual 
limitation is determined by multiplying the value of the corporation’s stock immediately before the ownership change (subject 
to certain adjustments) by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate. Any unused portion of the annual limitation is available 
for use in future years until such NOLs are scheduled to expire (in general, NOLs may be carried forward 20 years). The 
Company presently estimates that it will be able to fully utilize the remaining acquired NOLs prior to their expiration. 

At December 31, 2019, the Company had gross state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.6 million, 
which expire between 2021 and 2029. A deferred tax asset of approximately $2.0 million (net of federal benefit) has been 
established related to these state income tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2019. 

The need to establish valuation allowances for deferred assets is based on a more-likely-than-not threshold that the 
benefit of such assets will be realized in future periods. Appropriate consideration has been given to all available evidence, 
including historical operating results, projections of taxable income, and tax planning alternatives. The Company concluded 
that a valuation allowance of approximately $0.9 million and $1.1 million was required for tax attributes related to specified 
foreign jurisdictions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and an additional $4.5 million valuation allowance was 
recorded against our U.S. foreign tax credit carry forwards as a result of enactment of the Tax Act as of December 31, 2017.   

The  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  was  zero  and  $0.2  million, 
respectively. Included in the balance as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, were zero and $0.2 million, respectively, of tax 
positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. 

The unrecognized tax benefit reconciliation, excluding penalty and interest, is as follows: 

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2017 .............................................................................     $ 
Decrease attributable to lapse of statute of limitations .............................................................    
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017 .......................................................................    
Increase attributable to tax positions taken during the current period ......................................    
Decrease attributable to settlements with taxing authorities .....................................................    
Decrease attributable to lapse of statute of limitations .............................................................    
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018 .......................................................................    
Decrease attributable to tax positions taken during a prior period ............................................    
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019 .......................................................................     $ 

1,185   
(365 ) 
820   
216   
(37 ) 
(783 ) 
216   
(216 ) 
—   

The  Company’s  policy  is not  to  recognize  accrued  interest  and penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax benefits  as  a 

component of tax expense. The Company had no accrued penalty and interest at December 31, 2019 and 2018. 

The Company’s 2016 to 2018 tax years remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for federal tax 
purposes. Certain significant state and foreign tax jurisdictions are also either currently under examination or remain open 
under the statutes of limitation and subject to examination for the tax years from 2015 to 2018. 

Although the Company believes it has adequately provided for all uncertain tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing 
authorities could be greater than the Company’s accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on federal, state and 
foreign income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are 
effectively settled or otherwise resolved. Conversely, the Company could settle positions with the tax authorities for amounts 
lower than have been accrued. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that, during the next 12 months, the Company’s 
liability for uncertain tax positions may not change. 

F-24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The  Company’s  provision  for  income  taxes  differs  from  the  federal  statutory  rate.  The  differences  between  the 

statutory rate and the Company’s provision are as follows: 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Taxes at statutory rate ...........................................................      
State taxes, net of federal benefit ..........................................      
Foreign tax rate differential ...................................................      
Tax legislation .......................................................................      
Other permanent differences .................................................      
Prior year tax adjustments .....................................................      
Unrecognized tax benefits .....................................................      
Valuation allowance ..............................................................      
Equity-based compensation ...................................................      
Tax credits .............................................................................      
Taxes at effective rate .........................................................      

21.0 %      
5.3 %       
0.3 %      
—   
1.3 %      
(1.0 )%     
(0.2 )%     
1.1 %      
(3.6 )%     
(0.6 )%     
23.6 %      

21.0 %      
5.2 %      
0.5 %      
—   
1.8 %      
0.2 %      
(0.6 )%     
1.3 %      
(3.0 )%     
(0.5 )%     
25.9 %      

35.0 % 
4.4 % 
(0.3 )% 
(22.6 )% 
0.7 % 
(0.3 )% 
0.1 % 
0.7 % 
(2.1 )% 
(0.6 )% 
15.0 % 

NOTE 13 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss included the following: 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Adjustments 

Gain on Sale of 
Interest Rate 
Hedge 
Agreement (1) 

Changes in 
Fair Value 
of Interest 
Rate Hedge 
Agreements (2)(5)     

Total 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 

January 1, 2017 ..........................................................  

$ 

(11,815 )   $ 

2,175      $ 

—     $ 

(9,640 ) 

Current period other comprehensive income (loss): 

Other comprehensive income before   

reclassifications ......................................................  
Effect of taxes (3) .........................................................      

Total current period other comprehensive income 

(loss) .....................................................................  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 

December 31, 2017 ....................................................  
Reclassification of stranded tax effects due to adoption 
of accounting principle (4) ...........................................  
Adjusted beginning balance ...........................................      
Current period other comprehensive (loss) income: 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications ......      
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income ...........................................  
Effect of taxes (3) .........................................................      
Total current period other comprehensive   loss .......      

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 

December 31, 2018 ....................................................  
Other comprehensive income (loss) before 

reclassifications ......................................................  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income ...........................................  
Effect of taxes (3) .........................................................      

Total current period other comprehensive income 

(loss) .....................................................................  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 

6,476       
(2,299 )     

4,177       

—        
(17 )      

(17 )      

441       
—       

6,917   
(2,316 ) 

441       

4,601   

(7,638 )     

2,158        

441       

(5,039 ) 

(1,307 )     
(8,945 )     

(4,711 )     

—       
(512 )     
(5,223 )     

478        
2,636        

—       
441       

(829 ) 
(5,868 ) 

—        

(1,184 )     

(5,895 ) 

(660 )      
188       
(472 )     

(12 )     
208       
(988 )     

(672 ) 
(116 ) 
(6,683 ) 

(14,168 )     

2,164        

(547 )     

(12,551 ) 

2,338       

—        

(3,362 )     

(1,024 ) 

—       
835       

(720 )      
190       

333       
793       

(387 ) 
1,818   

3,173   

(530 ) 

(2,236 )     

407   

December 31, 2019 ....................................................  

$ 

(10,995 ) 

$ 

1,634   

$ 

(2,783 )   $ 

(12,144 ) 

(1) 

Represents the fair value of an interest rate hedge agreement, designated as a cash flow hedge, which was sold on December 1, 2016. The fair value of the interest rate 
hedge agreement was recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and will be reclassified to earnings when earnings are impacted by the hedged items, as interest 
payments are made on the Credit Facility from January 31, 2018 to January 31, 2023. 

F-25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
    
  
         
      
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
         
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Represents the change in fair value of an interest rate hedge agreements designated as a cash flow hedge and entered into on August 31, 2017 and August 8, 2018.  The 
fair value of the interest rate hedge agreement was recorded in other comprehensive income and will be reclassified to earnings when earnings are impacted by the hedged 
items, as interest payments are made on the Credit Facility from August 31, 2018 to August 31, 2023. See additional details of the hedge agreement in Note 11 - Derivative 
Instruments and Hedging Activities. 

The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was 23.6%, 25.9%, and 15.0%, respectively. 

The Company has adjusted the balance of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at December 31, 2017 after the adoption of ASU 2018-02.   

The fair value of the interest rate hedge agreements is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. 

NOTE 14 - RESTRICTED CASH 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the 
consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 to the total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in 
the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017: 

Cash and cash equivalents ....................................    $  11,694     $  6,482     $  11,809     $  11,694     $ 
—       
Restricted cash - current (1) .................................      
1,292       
Restricted cash - non-current ................................      
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 
shown in the consolidated statement of cash 
flows ...............................................................  

$  12,986     $  6,482     $  24,266     $  12,986     $ 

11,191       
1,266       

—       
1,292       

—       
—       

2019 

2018 
  Beginning      Ending      Beginning      Ending      Beginning      Ending    
6,042     $  11,809   
—        11,191   
1,266   

1,843       

2017 

7,885     $  24,266   

(1) 

Restricted cash – current for the year ended December 31, 2017 represents amounts held in an escrow account for the acquisition of The Future Customer (“TFC”).   

NOTE 15 - ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

Stock Incentive Plans 

On April 4, 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Omnibus 
Plan”),  which  was  subsequently  approved  by  the  stockholders  and  became  effective  on  May  31,  2018  (the  “Effective 
Date”).  The 2018 Omnibus Plan replaced the previous 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). 

The 2018 Omnibus Plan allows the Company to grant 1,185,000 shares using stock options, stock appreciation rights, 
restricted stock, RSUs, performance units and PSAs, cash-based awards, and other stock-based awards to all key officers, 
key  employees,  and non-employee directors  of  the  Company.  Outstanding grants  under  the  Prior  Plan,  totaling  322,576, 
remain subject to their terms and conditions, and no additional awards from the Prior Plan are to be made after the Effective 
Date.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately 886,045 shares available to grant under the 2018 Omnibus 
Plan. CSRSUs have no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan and have no impact on the 
calculated shares used in earnings per share (“EPS”) calculations. 

The total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the unrecognized 
compensation  expense  at  December 31,  2019,  and  the  weighted-average  period  to  recognize  the  remaining  unrecognized 
shares are as follows: 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

Recognized 
as of December 31, 

Unrecognized 

2019 

2018 

2017 

December 31, 
2019 

Weighted-
Average 
Period to 
Recognize 
(years) 

Stock Options ...............................................................    $ 
Restricted Stock Units ..................................................      
Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Units .............................      
Non-Employee Director Awards ..................................      
Performance Shares ......................................................      

164     $ 
7,080       
7,253       
671       
2,376       
Total ...........................................................................    $  26,031     $  19,581     $  17,544     $ 

—     $ 
10,644       
10,213       
719       
4,455       

—     $ 
7,410       
8,214       
764       
3,193       

—       
15,345       
10,400       
328       
4,200       
30,273         

—   
1.6   
1.7   
0.4   
1.5   

F-26 

  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
 The assumptions of employment termination forfeiture rates used in the determination of fair value of stock awards 
during the 2019 calendar year were based on the Company’s historical average of actual forfeitures from the previous 10 
years preceding the reporting period. The expected annualized forfeiture rates used during the 2019 calendar year varied from 
0% to 15.2%, and the Company does not expect these termination rates to vary significantly in the future. 

Stock Options 

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the 
date of grant. All options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 have a 10-year contractual term. Options generally have a 
vesting term of three or four years. There were no option awards granted during 2019, 2018, and 2017.  

The following table summarizes the changes in outstanding stock options: 

Number of 
Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price      

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Outstanding at January 1, 2017 ..............................................................       
Exercised .............................................................................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Forfeited/Expired .................................................................................       
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 ........................................................       
Exercised .............................................................................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Forfeited/Expired .................................................................................       
Outstanding at December 31, 2018 ........................................................       
Exercised .............................................................................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Forfeited/Expired .................................................................................       
Outstanding at December 31, 2019 ........................................................       
Vested plus expected to vest at December 31, 2019 ..............................       
Exercisable at December 31, 2019 .........................................................       

587,407      $ 
(175,909 )    $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 
411,498      $ 
(209,688 )    $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 
201,810      $ 
(93,682 )    $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 
108,128      $ 
108,128      $ 
108,128      $ 

29.56          
26.84          
—          
—          
30.71          
27.86          
—          
—          
33.68          
31.21          
—          
—          
35.82      $ 
35.82      $ 
35.82      $ 

6,033,654   
6,033,654   
6,033,654   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 as of 
December 31, 2019. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $4.9 million, $8.3 million, and $4.5 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. All options vested as of December 31, 2017. The fair value 
of options vested was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2019, the weighted-average 
remaining contractual term for options vested was 3.8 years and for exercisable options was 3.8 years. 

Information regarding stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 is summarized below: 

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING 

     OPTIONS EXERCISABLE 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 
$21.77 to $25.00 ................................    
$25.01 to $27.00 ................................    
$27.01 to $40.00 ................................    
$40.01 to $41.00 ................................    
$21.77 to $41.00 ................................    

Number 
Outstanding 
As of 
December 31, 2019     
1,915       
6,332       
28,886       
70,995       
108,128       

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
Exercisable 
As of 

December 31, 2019      

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

1.3     $ 
2.2     $ 
3.2     $ 
4.2     $ 
3.8     $ 

21.77       
25.66       
27.03       
40.88       
35.82       

1,915      $ 
6,332      $ 
28,886      $ 
70,995      $ 
108,128      $ 

21.77   
25.66   
27.03   
40.68   
35.82   

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Restricted Stock Units 

RSUs generally have a vesting term of three to four years. On vesting the employee is issued one share of stock for 
each RSU awarded. The fair value of shares vested was $7.2 million, $6.5 million, and $6.3 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

F-27 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
 
A summary of the Company’s RSUs is presented below.  

Number of 
Shares 

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value       

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Non-vested RSUs at January 1, 2017 .....................................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Vested ..................................................................................................       
Cancelled .............................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2017 ...............................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Vested ..................................................................................................       
Cancelled .............................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2018 ...............................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Vested ..................................................................................................       
Cancelled .............................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2019 ...............................................       
RSUs expected to vest in the future .......................................................       

507,998      $ 
194,227      $ 
(179,974 )    $ 
(58,664 )    $ 
463,587      $ 
235,480      $ 
(169,279 )    $ 
(55,548 )    $ 
474,240      $ 
159,831      $ 
(164,913 )    $ 
(19,183 )    $ 
449,975      $ 
419,706      $ 

36.12          
41.41          
35.19          
36.04          
38.71          
65.37          
38.66          
47.50          
50.93          
77.74          
43.82          
56.18          
62.48      $  41,226,710   

61.77      $  38,453,464   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 per share 

as of December 31, 2019. 

Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Units 

CSRSUs generally have a vesting term of three to four years. A summary of the Company’s CSRSUs is presented 

below. 

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair 
Value 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Number of 
Shares 

Non-vested CSRSUs at January 1, 2017 ..............................................       
Granted ..............................................................................................       
Vested ................................................................................................       
Cancelled ...........................................................................................       
Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2017 ........................................       
Granted ..............................................................................................       
Vested ................................................................................................       
Cancelled ...........................................................................................       
Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2018 ........................................       
Granted ..............................................................................................       
Vested ................................................................................................       
Cancelled ...........................................................................................       
Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2019 ........................................       
CSRSUs expected to vest in the future .................................................       

463,022      $ 
174,419      $ 
(161,576 )    $ 
(83,949 )    $ 
391,916      $ 
147,103      $ 
(147,759 )    $ 
(53,854 )    $ 
337,406      $ 
103,606      $ 
(123,395 )    $ 
(21,496 )    $ 
296,121      $ 
276,247      $ 

35.96          
42.06          
40.78          
36.43          
38.80          
60.84          
38.71          
43.07          
47.73          
77.03          
44.61          
53.92          
58.83      $  27,130,606   

57.98      $  25,309,750   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 per share 
as of December 31, 2019. The fair value of CSRSUs vested and settled in cash for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 
and 2017 was $7.2 million, $7.7 million and $6.9 million, respectively. 

F-28 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Non-Employee Director Awards 

In the first six months of 2018 and for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company granted awards of unregistered 
shares to its non-employee directors on a quarterly basis under its Annual Equity Election. The awards were issued from the 
Company’s treasury stock and had no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan or the Prior Plan. 

A summary of the Company’s non-employee director awards of unregistered shares granted by fiscal year is presented 

below. 

For the Year ended December 31, 

2017 ...................................................................................................................       
2018 ...................................................................................................................       

Number of 
shares 
Granted 

Weighted- 
Average Grant 
Date Fair Value   
48.41   
60.36   

13,861      $ 
7,985      $ 

Beginning on July  2, 2018,  the  Company  granted  awards of  registered  shares  to  its  non-employee directors on  an 

annual basis under the Omnibus Plan.  A summary of the non-employee director awards is presented below: 

Weighted- 
Average Grant 
Date Fair 
Value 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Number of 
Shares 

Non-vested RSUs at January 1, 2018 ...................................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2018 .............................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2019 .............................................       
RSUs expected to vest in the future .....................................................       

—      $ 
11,606      $ 
(5,395 )    $ 
(1,243 )    $ 
4,968      $ 
9,732      $ 
(9,840 )    $ 
—      $ 
4,860      $ 
4,860      $ 

—        
72.35        
72.35        
72.35        
72.35        
73.94        
73.14        
—        
73.94      $ 
73.94      $ 

445,273   
445,273   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 per share 

as of December 31, 2019.  

Performance Share Awards  

In  2015,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  performance-based  share  program  (the  “Program”)  that 
provides for the issuance of PSAs to its senior management. Under the Program, the number of PSAs that the participant will 
receive depends on the Company’s achievement of two performance goals during two performance periods. The performance 
goals  under  the  Program  are  based  on  (i)  the  Company’s  compounded  annual  growth  rate  in  EPS  during  a  two-year 
performance period and (ii) the Company’s cumulative total shareholder return (“rTSR”) relative to its peer group during a 
performance period from the first day of the performance period (typically January 1 of the year awarded) to the last day of 
the  third  year  of  the  performance  period  (typically  December  31).  The  PSAs  will  only  be  eligible  to  vest  following  the 
expiration of the three-year performance period. Actual shares vested will be subject to both continued employment by the 
Company (barring certain exceptions allowing for partial performance periods) and actual financial measures achieved. The 
actual number of shares of common stock that will be issued to each participant at the end of the applicable performance 
period will be determined by multiplying the award by the product of two percentages, one based on the Company’s EPS 
performance and a second one based on the Company’s rTSR performance, subject to a minimum and maximum performance 
level.  As  of  December 31,  2019,  shares granted  during  2017,  2018,  and  2019  are  within  year  three,  two,  and  one  of  the 
performance period, respectively, and therefore have not vested.  A total of 107,000 shares granted in 2016 vested during 
2019 after meeting the performance goals, and a total of 88,038 shares (adjusted for partial performance periods) granted in 
2017 is expected to vest in 2020. 

F-29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
A summary of the Company’s PSAs is presented below. 

Weighted- 
Average Grant 
Date Fair 
Value 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Number of 
Shares 

Non-vested PSAs at January 1, 2017 ...................................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2017 ..............................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2018 ..............................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2019 ..............................................       
PSAs expected to vest in the future ......................................................       

129,974      $ 
60,929      $ 
—      $ 
(3,881 )    $ 
187,022      $ 
45,136      $ 
(30,576 )    $ 
(32,096 )    $ 
169,486      $ 
85,928      $ 
(107,000 )    $ 
—      $ 
148,414      $ 
89,525      $ 

40.57        
38.81        
—        
42.83        
39.95        
65.05        
44.21        
43.72        
45.15        
62.07        
37.21        
—        

60.67      $  13,597,691   
73.83      $  8,202,281   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 per share 
as of December 31, 2019.  The fair value of the awards is estimated on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model 
due to the market condition for the rTSR component. The fair value assumptions using the Monte Carlo simulation model for 
awards granted in 2019, 2018, and 2017 were: 

Dividend Yield .......................................................................................      
Historical Volatility ................................................................................      
Risk-Free Rate of Returns ......................................................................      

0.7 %      
29.3 %      
2.4 %      

0.9 %     
31.9 %     
2.4 %     

0.0 % 
31.3 % 
1.5 % 

2019 

2018 

2017 

NOTE 16 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

In January 2018, the Company acquired TFC, a leading boutique loyalty strategy and marketing company based in 

London, U.K.  The acquisition of TFC enhanced and extended the Company’s customer loyalty business to Europe. 

In August 2018, the Company acquired DMS Disaster Consultants (“DMS”), a disaster management and recovery 
firm based in Florida to broaden its capabilities in support of assisting communities, businesses and individuals recover from 
man-made  and  nature  disasters.  DMS  assists  public  sector  clients  with  man-made  and  natural  disaster  planning  and 
preparedness,  and  post-disaster  response  and  recovery  efforts  by  assisting  clients  in  obtaining  funding  from  Federal 
Emergency Management Agency, insurance companies, and other sources. 

In October 2018, the Company acquired We Are Vista (“Vista”), a communication company headquartered in Leeds, 
U.K., with an additional presence in London.  Vista provides advisory services and solutions to clients in the financial, retail, 
automobile, and energy industries and broadens the Company’s capabilities in the region. 

Separately or in the aggregate, the acquisitions were not significant to the Company’s financial statements taken as a 

whole.   

NOTE 17 - EARNINGS PER SHARE 

EPS is computed by dividing reported net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding. Diluted EPS 
considers  the  potential  dilution  that  could  occur  if  common  stock  equivalents  of  stock  options,  RSUs,  and  PSAs  were 
exercised or converted into stock. PSAs are included in the computation of diluted shares only to the extent that the underlying 
performance conditions (i) are satisfied as of the end of the reporting period or (ii) would be considered satisfied if the end 
of the reporting period were the end of the related performance period and the result would be dilutive under the treasury 
stock method. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, there were 2,822 weighted-average shares, 20,291 

F-30 

  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
weighted-average shares, and 142 weighted-average shares, respectively, excluded from the calculation of EPS because they 
were anti-dilutive.   

The dilutive effect of stock options, RSUs, and performance shares for each period reported is summarized below: 

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding ..................................................       
Effect of potential exercise of stock options, RSUs, and PSAs .....................       
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding ............................................       

18,816        
408        
19,224        

18,797        
538        
19,335        

18,766   
478   
19,244   

2019 

2018 

2017 

NOTE 18 - SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM 

In the third quarter of 2015, the Company’s board of directors approved a share repurchase plan that allowed for share 
repurchases through November 2017 and authorized share repurchases in the aggregate up to $75.0 million, not to exceed 
limits under the Credit Facility.  As part of the Company’s modification of the Credit Facility, the prior Credit Facility limits 
on share repurchases were eliminated to permit unlimited share repurchases, provided the Company’s Leverage Ratio, prior 
to and after giving effect to such repurchases, is not greater than 3.25 to 1.00.  During September 2017, the board of directors 
approved a new repurchase program and repurchase plan effective November 4, 2017 with an open-end period and a limit of 
$100.0 million. The limitation under the Credit Facility remains unchanged. 

Purchases under this program may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices in open market purchases or 
in privately negotiated transactions pursuant to Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and in accordance with 
applicable insider trading and other securities laws and regulations. The purchases are funded from existing cash balances 
and/or borrowings, and the repurchased shares are held in treasury and used for general corporate purposes. The timing and 
extent to which the Company repurchases its shares will depend on market conditions and other corporate considerations at 
the Company’s sole discretion. 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 248,000 shares at a total cost of $18.1 million 
under this program. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $68.0 million remained available under the share repurchase 
plan. 

NOTE 19 - FAIR VALUE 

The Company measures and reports certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with Accounting 
Standard Codification (“ASC 820”), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). Fair value is defined as the 
price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants 
on  the  measurement  date.  Generally,  fair  value  is  based  on  observable  quoted  market  prices  or  derived  from  observable 
market data when such market prices or data are available. ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy used to estimate fair 
value by which each level is categorized based on the priority of the inputs used to measure fair value: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: Quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar 
assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset 
or liability (e.g. interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals, and implied 
volatilities); and inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other 
means; and 

Level 3: Uses inputs that are unobservable and require the Company to make certain assumptions and require 
significant estimation and judgment from management to use in pricing the fair value of the assets and liabilities. 

Certain  financial  instruments,  including  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  contract  receivables,  and  accounts  payable  are 
carried  at  cost,  which,  due  to  their  short  maturities,  approximates  their  fair  values  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018.  The 
carrying  value  of  other  long-term  liabilities  related  to  capital  expenditure  obligations  approximates  their  fair  value  at 
December 31, 2019 and 2018 based on the current rates offered to the Company for similar instruments with comparable 
maturities  (Level  2).  The  Company  believes  the  carrying  value  of  its  Credit  Facility  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018 
approximates the estimated fair value for debt with similar terms, interest rates, and remaining maturities currently available 
to companies with similar credit ratings (Level 2).  

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 820 to its assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair 
value  pursuant  to  other  accounting  standards,  including  assets  and  liabilities  resulting  from  the  Company’s  nonqualified 

F-31 

  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
deferred compensation plan, interest rate swap agreement (see Note 11 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities), 
and foreign currency forward contract agreements not eligible for hedge accounting.  

Financial  instruments  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  and  their  location  within  the  accompanying 

consolidated financial statements are as follows: 

December 31, 2019 

Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total       Location on Balance Sheet 

(in thousands) 
Assets: 
Forward contract agreements .............................  $  —     $ 
Deferred compensation investments in cash 

733     $  —     $ 

733      Prepaid expenses and other 

surrender life insurance ...................................    

—       15,020        —        15,020     
Total ...................................................................  $  —     $ 15,753     $  —     $ 15,753     

Other assets 

Liabilities: 
Deferred compensation plan liabilities ...............  $  —     $ 14,855     $  —     $ 14,855      Long-term Liabilities: Other 
—        3,811        —        3,811      Long-term Liabilities: Other 
Interest rate swaps ..............................................    
Total ...................................................................  $  —     $ 18,666     $  —     $ 18,666     

(in thousands) 
Assets: 
Deferred compensation investments in cash 

December 31, 2018 
Level 1     Level 2      Level 3       Total 

     Location on Balance Sheet 

surrender life insurance ...................................  $  —     $ 12,816     $  —     $  12,816     

Other assets 

Liabilities: 
Deferred compensation plan liabilities ...............  $  —     $ 12,703     $  —     $  12,703      Long-term Liabilities: Other 
782      Long-term Liabilities: Other 
Interest rate swaps ..............................................    
Accrued expenses and other 
current liabilities 

Contingent liability related to acquisition ..........    
—        —        1,750        1,750     
Total ...................................................................  $  —     $ 13,485     $  1,750     $  15,235       

782       

—       

—       

NOTE 20 - CONTINGENCIES 

Litigation and Claims 

The Company is involved in various legal matters and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While 
these matters and proceedings cause it to incur costs, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, the Company currently 
believes that any ultimate liability arising out of these matters and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Road Home Contract 

On  June  10,  2016,  the  Office  of  Community  Development  (the  “OCD”)  of  the  State  of  Louisiana  filed  a  written 
administrative demand with the Louisiana Commissioner of Administration against ICF Emergency Management Services, 
L.L.C. (“ICF Emergency”), a subsidiary of the Company, in connection with ICF Emergency’s administration of the Road 
Home Program (the “Program”).  The Program contract was a three-year, $912 million contract awarded to the Company in 
2006 and that ended, as scheduled, in 2009.   

The  Program  was  primarily  intended  to  help  homeowners  and  landlords  of  small  rental  properties  affected  by 
Hurricanes  Rita  and  Katrina.  In  its  administrative  demand,  the  OCD  sought  approximately  $200.8  million  in  alleged 
overpayments to Program grant recipients.  The State separately supplemented the amount of recovery it is seeking to total 
approximately $220.2 million. The State of Louisiana, through the Division of Administration, also filed suit in Louisiana 
state  court  on  June  10,  2016  broadly  alleging,  and  seeking  recoupment  for,  the  same  claim  made  in  the  administrative 
proceeding submission before the Louisiana Commissioner of Administration. On September 21, 2016, the Commissioner of 
the Division of Administration notified OCD and the Company  of his decision to defer jurisdiction of the administrative 
demand filed by the OCD.  In so doing, the Commissioner declined to reach a decision on the merits, stated that his deferral 
would not be deemed to grant or deny any portion of the OCD’s claim, and authorized the parties to proceed on the matter in 

F-32 

  
  
      
  
  
        
        
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
        
        
         
    
  
  
  
        
        
         
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
        
        
         
    
  
  
  
  
        
        
         
    
  
  
  
        
        
         
    
  
  
the previously filed judicial proceeding.  The Company continues to believe that this claim has no merit, intends to vigorously 
defend its position, and has therefore not recorded a liability as of December 31, 2019. 

NOTE 21 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

Retirement Savings Plan 

Effective  June 30,  1999,  the  Company  established  the  ICF  Consulting  Group  Retirement  Savings  Plan  (the 
“Retirement Savings Plan”). The Retirement Savings Plan is a defined contribution profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred 
arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants in the Retirement Savings Plan are able to elect 
to defer up to 70% of their compensation, subject to statutory limitations, and are entitled to receive 100% employer matching 
contributions for the first 3% and 50% for the next 2% of their compensation. Contribution expense related to the Retirement 
Savings Plan for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was approximately $17.3 million, $16.2 million, and 
$15.1 million, respectively. 

Deferred Compensation Plan 

Certain key employees of the Company are eligible to defer a specified percentage of their cash compensation by 
having it contributed to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Eligible employees may elect to defer up to 80% of their 
base salary and up to 100% of performance bonuses, reduced by any amounts withheld for the payment of taxes or other 
deductions  required  by  law.  Participants  are  at  all  times  100%  vested  in  their  account  balances.  The  Company  funds  its 
deferred compensation liabilities by making cash contributions to a Rabbi Trust at the time the salary or bonus being deferred 
would otherwise be payable to the employee. The liability to plan participants is materially funded at all times and the plan 
does not have a material net impact on the Company’s results of operations. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

The  Company  has  a  2006  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (“ESPP”)  under  which  one  million  shares  have  been 
authorized for issuance. The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through 
payroll deductions up to $25,000 per calendar year over six-month offering periods at a discount not to exceed 5% of the 
market value on the date of each purchase period. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, employees purchased a 
total of 23,636 and 22,320 shares at an average purchase price of $78.05 and $63.92, respectively.  At December 31, 2019 
and 2018, there were 678,870 and 702,506 shares remaining available for future issuance. The Company does not recognize 
compensation expense related to the ESPP. 

NOTE 22 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  

Acquisition 

On  January  13,  2020,  the  Company,  by  and  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  ICF  Incorporated,  L.L.C.,  a 
Delaware  limited  liability  company,  (“ICF  Incorporated”),  entered  into  an  Equity  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Purchase 
Agreement”)  by  and  among  ICF  Incorporated,  L.L.C.,  Incentive  Technology  Group,  LLC,  a  Virginia  limited  liability 
company  (“ITG”),  Project  Lucky  Holdings,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  and  parent  company  of  ITG 
(“Lucky”), and Shadi Michelle Branch and Adam Branch (“Equity Holders”). By the terms of the Purchase Agreement, which 
contains customary representations and warranties, ICF Incorporated will acquire 100% of the membership interests in ITG 
(the “Acquisition”), which will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ICF Incorporated and an indirect subsidiary of the 
Company. The Company will pay a base purchase price of $255.0 million (the “Purchase Price”) in cash payable to Lucky, 
which will distribute the proceeds to the Equity Holders (subject to adjustment as provided in the Purchase Agreement). The 
Company borrowed on the Credit Facility to provide the initial financing. 

At the closing of the Acquisition, on January 31, 2020, the Company (i) held back $2.0 million of the Purchase Price 
for any applicable post-closing and working capital adjustments to the Purchase Price; and (ii) placed $0.9 million of the 
Purchase Price into an escrow account for potential indemnification claims relating to breaches of representations, warranties 
or covenants. 

On February 20, 2020, the Company entered into a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement (the “Swap”) for a 
notional  amount  of  $100.0  million  in  order  to  hedge  a  portion  of  the  Company’s  floating  rate  Credit  Facility  (which  is 
discussed in Note 11 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.) Similar to the previous swap agreements that the 
Company has entered into, this Swap is intended to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates. The Swaps provide a fixed rate 

F-33 

 
  
of 1.294% per annum on the notional amount. The cash flows from the Swap began February 28, 2020 and end on February 
28, 2025. 

Dividend 

On February 27, 2020, the Company’s board of directors approved a $0.14 per share cash dividend. The dividend will 

be paid on April 13, 2020 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 27, 2020. 

NOTE 23 - SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Balance at beginning of period ..................................     $ 
Bad debt expense ....................................................    
Write-offs, net of recoveries ...................................    
Effect of foreign currency translation .....................    
Balance at end of period ............................................     $ 

5,284      $ 
624     
(2,403 )   
1     
3,506      $ 

3,853      $ 
2,480     
(1,027 )   
(22 )   
5,284      $ 

2019 

2018 

2017 

Income Tax Valuation Allowance 

Balance at beginning of period ..................................     $ 
Provision for income taxes - valuation allowance ..    
Balance at end of period ............................................     $ 

5,112      $ 
262     
5,374      $ 

1,636      $ 
3,476     
5,112      $ 

2019 

2018 

2017 

NOTE 24 - SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 

2019 

2018 

2,591   
1,480   
(219 ) 
1   
3,853   

1,131   
505   
1,636   

3Q 
Revenue .......................................  $ 341,254     $ 366,717     $ 373,918     $ 396,636     $ 302,780     $ 324,315     $ 332,968     $ 377,910   
Operating income ........................  $  21,889     $  22,542     $  28,664     $  28,298     $  17,582     $  21,025     $  24,222     $  29,443   
Net income ..................................  $  15,318     $  14,611     $  19,630     $  19,379     $  12,417     $  13,617     $  16,671     $  18,695   

1Q 

4Q 

4Q 

2Q 

3Q 

1Q 

2Q 

Earnings per share: 

Basic .........................................  $ 
Diluted ......................................  $ 

0.81     $ 
0.80     $ 

0.78     $ 
0.76     $ 

1.04     $ 
1.02     $ 

1.03     $ 
1.01     $ 

0.67     $ 
0.65     $ 

0.72     $ 
0.71     $ 

0.88     $ 
0.86     $ 

0.99   
0.97   

Weighted-average common 

shares outstanding 

(in thousands) 

Basic ........................................       18,825        18,805        18,799        18,834        18,670        18,806        18,873        18,838   
Diluted .....................................       19,263        19,133        19,169        19,234        19,158        19,209        19,306        19,333   

Cash dividends declared per 

common share .........................  

  $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14   

F-34 

  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
      
      
          
        
        
      
          
        
  
  
      
      
          
        
        
      
          
        
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
      
      
          
        
        
      
          
        
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Eileen O’Shea Auen  
Chief Executive Officer 
Deep Run Consulting, LLC 

Dr. Srikant M. Datar 
Arthur Lowes Dickinson Professor 
Harvard University 

Cheryl W. Grisé 
Retired Executive Vice President 
Eversource Energy (f/k/a Northeast 
Utilities) 

Sudhakar Kesavan  
Executive Chair 
ICF International, Inc. 

Randall Mehl 
President  
Stewardship Capital Advisors, LLC 

Peter M. Schulte  
Managing Partner and Founder  
CM Equity Partners 

Michael Van Handel 
Retired  

John Wasson 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
ICF International, Inc. 

  TRANSFER AGENT 

American Stock Transfer & Trust 
Company 6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, New York 11219  
1-800-937-5449 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR 

Grant Thornton LLP 
2010 Corporate Ridge, Suite 400 
McLean, Virginia 22102 
1-703-847-7500 

INVESTOR CONTACT 

Lynn Morgen/David Gold  
AdvisIRy Partners 
501 Madison Avenue, Floor 12A 
New York, New York 10022 
1-212-750-5800 

  CORPORATE OFFICE 

ICF International, Inc.  
9300 Lee Highway 
Fairfax, Virginia 22031 
1-703-934-3603 
info@icf.com 

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP 

Sudhakar Kesavan 
Executive Chair 

John Wasson 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

James C. Morgan 
Executive Vice President and Chief of Business 
Operations 

Bettina Welsh 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Andrea Baier 
Senior Vice President 
Corporate Growth  

Anne Choate 
Senior Vice President 
Energy, Environment and Infrastructure 

Gene Costa 
Senior Vice President 
Europe & Asia 

James E. Daniel 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and 
Secretary 

John George 
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer 

Eric Hamann 
Senior Vice President 
Corporate Development 

James Lawler 
Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources 
Officer  

Mark Lee 
Senior Vice President 
Public Sector 

Matt Maurer 
Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer  

Philip Mihlmester 
Executive Vice President 
Global Energy 

Sergio Ostria 
Executive Vice President 
Client Services and Innovation 

Dr. David Speiser 
Executive Vice President 
Corporate Strategy 

Robert Toth 
Senior Vice President 
Contracts & Administration 

John Armstrong 
President  
ICF Next 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
... 

FSC"C1FSC"C101681